This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.

https://books.google.com
15 t=H
 A

CONCISE GRAMMAR

, 07 THE

PERSIAN LANGUAGE,
CONTAINING
DIALOGUES, READING LESSONS,
AND
A. VOCAETJLAEY:
TOOETHEE WITH

A NEW PLAN FOE FACILITATING THE

STUDY OF LANGUAGES,
AND SPECIMENS IN
ARABIC, ARMENIAN, BENGALI, GREEK, GEORGIAN, HINDUSTAN!,
HEBREW, LATIN, PERSIAN, RUSSIAN, SANSKRIT, SWEDISH,
SYRIAC, AND TURKISH.

BY
A. H. BLEECK,
FOBWBRLY OS> THE BRITISH MUSEUM; AND AFTEBWAEDS OP TttB LATE
LAND TBANSPOET COBP6,

LONDON :
BERNARD QtTARITCH,
OBIENTAL AND PHILOLOGICAL PUBLISHED
CASTLE STREET, LEICESTER SQUARE.
STEPHEN AUSTIN,
 PREFACE.

The learner who is about to commence

the study of a new language will naturally be
anxious to hear something beforehand with regard
to its resources, and how far his labors are likely
to be repaid ; and although there are many who
devote themselves to linguistic pursuits chiefly
with a view to qualify themselves as interpreters,
or sometimes merely for the purpose of making
their way through a foreign country, yet even
to these it cannot be altogether a matter of in
difference whether the dialect they acquire is as
rich in literature as, for example, the German, or
as poor as the Bulgarian or the Gaelic. It will
also be a question of considerable importance to
the literary student whether the works which
may exist in the new language have already been
made generally known through the medium of
translations, or whether they are still sealed
books to all but a few scholars.

284095
X PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

the labors of my predecessors : I merely record

a simple fact. Indeed, it may be said that
no Dialogues at all were procurable heretofore,
since those attached to the old Hindustani, Per
sian, and Arabic Grammar of Mr. Price have
long been out of print, while those in the more
modern work of Mirza Ibrahim are wholly un-
suited to the beginner, and of very little use to
the more advanced student, their avowed object
being to teach not so much conversation as syntax.
The Dialogues in the following Grammar have
been compiled, as stated, from native sources,
and have been revised while passing through the
press by Professor Eastwick, to whom I take
this opportunity of tendering my best thanks
for the assistance he has so kindly afforded me.
The Vocabulary contains almost as many words
as are to be found in the ' Pocket Dictionary ' of
Mr. Tucker, the only book of the kind pro
curable, the ' English-Persian Lexicon' of Richard
son having become very scarce.
"With regard to the New Plan for Facilitating
the Study of Languages, I may mention that,
some time prior to publication, it was submitted
to Professor Max Miiller, Professor Eastwick, and
 PREFACE. ix

that of human passion, and exhibits that strange

blending of the amatory and bacchanalian with
the mystic, of which, in the opinion of some,
we have an example in the ' Song of Solomon."
It may also be mentioned, incidentally, that the
original idea of a ' Pilgrim's Progress ' may be
found in the ' Mantik-al-Tair ' of Faridu'd-din
Attar, in which the birds—here the emblems of
the soul — make a pilgrimage to the Simurgh,
the type of the Deity.
From what has been already said, the student
may form some idea of the extent and nature of
Persian literature ; and the Grammar which is
now offered to the public will, it is hoped, prove
of material assistance to all who are desirous of
acquiring the language. Though small in size,
it will be found to contain a greater variety of
information than any work on the subject hitherto
published in this country, since all other Gram
mars are deficient, either in Reading Lessons, or
Dialogues, or both ; and in stating this I have
no intention whatever of unduly disparaging
1 I say in the opinion of some, because probably the majority
of educated men consider the Hebrew poem as simply an
Epithalamium.
xiv PEBSIAN GRAMMAR.

16. Hafiz, Works. Persian. fol. Calcutta, 1791.

17. Liedee. Persisch mit dem Commentare des
Sudi herausgegeben von H. Brockhaus. 4to.
Leipzig, 1855-6.
The only critical edition of Hafiz.
18. Hatim Ta'ee; a Romance in the Persian language.
4to. Calcutta, 1818.
Note. This must not he confounded with the MS.
entitled ' Hatim Ta'f,' of which it is merely a
brief and indifferent abridgement.
19. Tooti Kameh; or, Tales of a Parrot. Persian and
English. Calcutta, 1792.
Very easy stories, suitable for beginners.
20. Pend Nameh ; ou le livre de Conseils de Ferid-Ed-
din Attar ; Persian and French, by Silvestre de
Sacy. 8vo. Paris, 1819.
21. Nizami. Makhzan-tji-Asbab ; the Treasury of
Secrets, edited in Persian by N. Bland. 4to.
London, 1844.
22. Wassaf's Geschichte (History). Persian and
German, by the Baron von Hammer-Purgstall.
vol. 1, 4to. Vienna, 1856.
23. Mahmttd Schebistebi's [Shabistabi] Kosenfiob
des Geheimntsses [Gttlshen- i Eaz], Persian
and German, by Von Hammer-Purgstall. 4to.
JPesth, 1838.
A Sufistic Poem. Annexed to the translation is a list
of fifty other Sufistic works.
 LIST OF PERSIAN BOOKS.

MANTTSCEIPTS.
1. Bahar Danish; or, Garden of Knowledge. Amusing
Stories. British Museum.
2. Hatim Ta'i. A Romance. British Museum.
3. Chahab Darvish. The Four Darvishes. Original
of the ' Bagh o Bahar.' British Museum.
4. Sindibad Namah. A Collection of Tales.1
Library East India Blouse.
5. Nizami. Poetical Works, complete. British Museum.
6. Jalalu'd-din Rf/Mi. Poetical Works.
British Museum.
7. Fabidu'd-din-'Attab. Works complete.
British Museum.
8. Mibkhond. Rauzatu's-Safa. ; or the Garden of
Purity. A General History of Persia.
British Museum.
9. Jami. Poetical Works. British Museum.

DICTIONARIES.
Johnson. Persian, Arabic, and English Dictionary.
Imp. 4to. 1852.
Vitllers. Lexicon Persico-Latinum Etymologicum,
etc. Vol I, 4to. Bonn, 1856.
It would be easy to extend the preceding lists, but
the above will be sufficient to show the learner that he
1 It is much to be regretted that only one MS. of this singular
and valuable work has as yet been brought to Europe.
xvi PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

will have abundance of works to peruse as soon as he

has attained some proficiency in the language. As for
the Poets who have composed merely a ' Diwan,' or
Book of Odes, their name is legion, and numerous MSS.
may be found at the British Museum, and in the
Library of the East India House. Von Hammer, in
his " Geschichte der schonen Redekiinste Persiens,"
has given brief extracts from no less than two hundred
Persian poets, and there are many others whom he has
not quoted. It would be too much to assert that out
of so many poets none are of small value; but pro
bably there are few in whose writings may not be found
some little Ode or Ghazel which would repay translation.
Finally, it should be mentioned as an additional
inducement to acquire the Persian language, that a
knowledge of it is absolutely necessary to the student
of Turkish.

ERRATA AND ADDENDA.

Page 38, line 8 from bottom, read 'a«' after the word 'vowel,'
and before ^^Jf*- Wiurdan.
Page 55, line 15, for 'haruf,' read ' huruf.'
Page 64, line 19, after ' as well as,' insert 'to.'
Page 73, lines 14 and 15, for ' darwesh,' read ' darwM.'
Page 77, line 10, for Jli-> ^ read Jll* .j .
Part II. Page 13, line 9, for "Alif-Laila,' read"' Alf Lailah:
Page 118, last line, add the following Note :—'Thy Friend' is
here a Sufistic allusion to the Deity.
Page 205, line 9, for ' sujid,' read ' safid.'
 A '

CONCISE GEAMMAE

01 THE

PERSIAN LANGUAGE.

CHAPTER L

The Persian Alphabet consists of thirty-two letters,

which are differently shaped according as they are
initial, medial, or final, and connected or unconnected
with the letters which precede or follow them.
Of these thirty-two letters, twenty-eight are Arabic,
and only four (viz., <_> pi, chi, J zhi, and gfgdf)
are purely Persian.
The Persians, like the Arabs and Turks, read and
write from right to left.
2 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

ALPHABETICAL TABLE.
PINAL.
BAM*. MEDIAL. INITIAL. POWBB.
Conneo. Uncon.

Alif i l 1 I fl.* ' Or W.' according

the vowel-to
point.
Bi <_> ah b.
Pi V iV> V V p-
Ti J t.
*ah A
Si J s, and sometimes th.
Jim j-
Chi wS V ch, as in charm.'
Ha M,a strong aspirate.
t c
Khi T.J, guttural,
HZ' German ch.like the
t
Dal J d.
Zal A j S z.
Ei J J j r.
Zi j j J j z.
Zhi A A A A „J. or
£,t, z in 'azure,' pre-
ciselyastheFrenchy.
J J J J
Sin AM
Shin A A AM .MlA sh.
Ssad *a ss, t hard.
Zzad _Jf hard,
dh or dand sometimes
hard.
l>
Ta k k \> t, hard.
Za k k k z, hard.
 THE ALPHABET. 3

FINAL.
xixa. kidialJikitial. rowiB.
Connec. Uncon.
1
kin A J, d, and <t, guttural.
t t
Ghain t A yA. guttural.
i
Ji i—a <—j i i /.
Kaf ■ A, hard and palatal.
<i J
Kaf A.
-Oaf r „ as iu get ; never like a
!,, in pin.
Lam J J ll I 1
M£m A. m.
1|* f
Nun u - j n.
'Waii 5 J ii, 6, w, and v.
hi i. i 6 to h.
Yi J y and i.
: ^

Lam-Alif, i or 3, is simply a combination of J ldm

and I
The Persian figures, which are written from left to
right, like our own, are as follows :
I r f f c 1 V A \ , lAeV
123456 7890 1857
These seven letters are never joined to the letter im
mediately following them : \, J, 4>j,j,j, and
4 PEBSIAN GBAMMAK.

The following list of words, principally of one syl

lable, will assist the learner considerably in mastering
the alphabet :
db U pd
b IV
water. with. the foot. a crown. grass.
jau cMz khair dam
3°r rJ
barley. a thing. state. good. breath.
rit zan jang sar shab.
JJ ^ _ *t
uj J-'
the face. a woman. rust. the head. night.
sad ziya tifi zill
Jit i>
a hundred. Iight. an infant. a shadow. the eye.
ghdr fahm £d* ffdu
> J*
a cave. understanding. before. a cup. a cow.
lab mdl wlr
J>
the lip. riches. light. hour, time.
har ydr
J* A
every, all. a friend.
 OF PRONUNCIATION. 5

The learner will find, on examination, that the fore

going alphabet contains only seventeen different charac
ters, which are distinguished from each other by the
addition of one, two, or three dots (properly termed
diacritical points), placed above or below certain
letters.

OF PRONTWCIATION.

Most of the letters are pronounced almost precisely

as their English equivalents, but some of those bor
rowed from the Arabic had originally very different
sounds.
C> in Arabic is pronounced like th in thin.
J in Arabic is pronounced like th in thine.
^jo is somewhat harder than , and has a more
hissing sound.
in Arabic is a hard d or dh, pronounced by press
ing the side of the tongue against the teeth.
Is in Arabic very much resembles J .
£j This is a deep guttural, pronounced by contracting
the lower muscles of the throat. The Persians usually
soften it into a broad a, or other vowel.
6 PEBSIAN GRAMMAB.

j; in Arabic is pronounced by pressing the root of

the tongue against the palate.
jj before i_> or <_> is always pronounced as m. Ex.
mimbar, ' a pulpit.'
,j -when used as a consonant in Arabic is always w ;
but in Persian it is often pronounced as v.
8 at the end of words, when preceded by a short
Towel, has no perceptible sound : e.g. aj Ui- kMnah, ' a
house,' pronounced khdna. In such cases it may be
termed h mute. At the end of Arabic words, it is
sometimes marked with two dots, thus 4. , and pro
nounced like LU t, which letter the Persians in writing
generally substitute for it.
Note.—In representing the Persian and Arabic letters
by English characters, I have distinguished the different
z's, h's, etc., from each other by dots, thus : Js,^ z,
)a z, uo t, Os, h, jj 1i, )e t ; J the French j, is
represented with a dot over it, thus, j. It may be
observed here that all Arabic words occurring in Persian,
are pronounoed according to the Persian manner ; but
when quotations from the Koran, or the Arab poets are
introduced, as is constantly the case, they ought to
retain their original pronunciation, just as a passage
from a French writer would with us.
 OF VOWELS. 7

OF VOWELS AND OKTHOGKAPHICAL SIGNS.

Strictly speaking, all the letters of the Persian

Alphabet are consonants ; for although l ^ and often
peiform the part of vowels, that term is properly con
fined to the three characters, iLsis fathah, kasrah,
and <U*; dhammah; the first of which is represented
by a small oblique stroke over the letter, thus ( ), the
second by a similar stroke under the letter, ( ), and
the tlird by a small curve like a comma, (
FaUtah is generally sounded like d short, as ^y* mdn,
' I ' ; but in some words it is more like a short i, as
{JiJSi iMsh, ' six.'
Kat'ah is generally a short ?, as JJ dil, ' the heart.'
Dhanmah is a short ft, sounded very nearly like oo in
the word look, or the u in bull, as giil, ' a rose.'
When fathah occurs over the letter preceding an
alif, it coalesces with the alif and gives it a lengthened
sound, as JS Mr, ' work,' ' an action '; and in like
mannei kasrah and dhammah coalesce with and lengthen

1 Instead of fathah, kasrah, dhammah, which are Arabic

terms, tie Persians sometimes call the three vowel-points sir (ji})
zabar (Jj), scad pish (U^i) i.e., 'above,' 'below,' and ' in front,'
the nam« denoting the position of the vowel-mark.
8 rEKSIAN GBAMMAB.

respectively the and j, as sim, silver,' pro

nounced seem ; jj rii, ' the face,' the it. pronounced like
oo in mom.
Note.—The Persians of India occasionally sound the
vowel like e in were (the French i\ and the vowel
j like o in note. This distinction is not known among
the natives of Persia itself, and both Mirza Ibralun
(the late Persian Professor at Haileybury), and Professor
Geitlin, repudiate such a pronunciation. The latter,
however, gives the sound of o to the j in (jip-
JMsh, well,' and I think rightly, as I have never
heard either Persians or Turks pronounce it «ther-
wise.
In the following pages I have generally employed
a, i, and u to represent the short vowels ; and d, 5, and
ii for the long ones. In a few words I have admitted
the e for fathah, and have also occasionally marked the
a short, thus, a as in »Jco band&h, ' a servant,' to
remind the learner that it is not to be pronounced
broad, as in ah! but rather like the initial a in
America. The ^ din is the most troublesome letter,
because there is no exact equivalent for it in any
European language. I have thought it best to adhere
to the plan pursued by me in the Oriental Catabgue at
the British Museum, viz. : to represent it by a mark

f
 OF TOWELS. 9

thus (*) over the vowel whose sound it takes, as in

t^iXn-j Saddi, where the a is equivalent to the fathah,
and the d to the din, which the learner must bear in
mind is properly a consonant, and not a vowel, so that
Saddi is a word of two syllables only.
An alif with kasrah written under it, takes the sound
of the latter, as ^ istddan, ' to stand,' and simi
larly when dhammah occurs over it, the alif is pro-
nounced like u, as (jJbj \ uftddan, to fall.'
When fathah is placed over j and i^, it usually
forms a diphthong with them, asj&y>-jav.har, 'a jewel'
(the aii sounded as in Italian, i.e. like ou in loud),
khair, ' good ' (the ai almost as i in wine, or rather
like the German ei in Wein). Sometimes the is
silent as in the proper name, Mustafa', which is written
^juo«z«; and there are many Persian words com
mencing with £ in which the j preceded by fathah or
kasrah, or even dhammah, is also silent, as in ^b-Jyi.
Wdstan, 'to wish,' <~ljr>- M'di, 'sleep,'
Wish, himself.'
The vowel-points are sometimes doubled over the
final letters, which doubling is called tanwin, or
' nunation,' because the vowel is then pronounced as
if terminating in ^ , but this belongs properly to
Arabic grammar, as in Persian only a few words em
10 PEBSIA1T GBAMMAB.

ployed adverbially, retain the double fathah ( ), (the

sign of the accusative in Arabic), as ills*, hdlan, 'now,'
* i
IjUj \ ittifdkan, ' by chance,' etc.
Other signs are :
1. ^y>- jazm, or ' amputation,' called also u^-^
suhiin, or ' rest ' ( ° ) which is placed over a letter to
show that the syllable ends there, i.e., that the letter
so marked has no vowel following it, as *f garm,
warm,' j^^IJ ddshtan, to have.'
In Persian the final letter of a word never takes a
vowel after it, unless it be the kasrah denoting the
genitive case), and the jasm may therefore be omitted.
2. Jo JuU tashdid, ' strengthening,' or ' corroboration,'
which doubles the letter over which it is placed, as,
* Mmrram, joyful '; X+^r" Mohammad.
When the Arabic article J I al occurs before a noun
commencing with CJ O J J j j ^ ,jO )a
)b J or u the tashdid is placed over the first letter of
the noun, and the <J is not sounded, as jjjdJl ad-din,
'the faith,' ^ju^JjjW ash-shams, 'the sun.'
3. if^fe hamzah ( * ) is very nearly the same as I
alif, and has various uses, which will be pointed out as
they occur. When it is written over a , the points
of the are usually suppressed, as in (j^xJ^ payidan,
' to stand,' JjL> sa-U, ' asking.'
 OF THE ABTICLE. 11

4. (J^j wasla ( "° ) implies conjunction, and is only

inscribed over an initial alif in Arabic words, to mark
an union with the preceding vowel, as
amiru-l-muminin, ' Commander of the Faithful.'
5. a* madda ( **" ) signifies ' extension,' and when
placed over an alif gives it a broad and lengthened
sound, almost equivalent to that of a in water. In
point of fact, madda is merely an alif written lengthwise
to avoid the meeting of two alifs, thus instead of <—->\\ ,
the Persians write <_->I ab, 'water.'

CHAPTER II.

OF THE ARTICLE.

The Persians have no definite article corresponding

to our ' the '; but where the sense requires it, the
simple form of the noun is considered definite of itself :
thus, mal may signify either ' wine ' in general, or
' the wine,' according to the context.
The indefinite article is expressed by adding to
the end of nouns; thus, ^J*£j~»- Hiargiish, ' the hare,'
becomes ify>- khargiish-i, ' a [certain] hare.' Nouns
ending in i h mute, take the hamzah instead of , as
12 PERSIAN GRAMMAB.

fojs gurbah, ' a cat,' tj£ gurbah-i, ' a [certain] cat ';
but if the i is preceded by a long vowel, the is
added, as iLi jb pddishdh, ' the king,' ^J»Li jb pd-
dishdh-i, ' a [certain] king '; sjs lcuh, ' the mountain,'
^>fi Mh-i, ' a [certain] mountain.'

CHAPTER III.

OF NOUNS.

There is only one declension of Persian nouns, and

this is extremely simple, containing merely a single
variation of case, which is formed by adding the syl
lable \j rd, to the nominative (whether singular or
plural) and answers to both the accusative and dative.
Sometimes the dative is formed by prefixing the pre
position t_J to the nominative, as J^j ba-mard, ' to the
man.' The vocative, as in English, consists in pre
fixing the interjection ,_s\ dt, ' oh,' to the nominative,
though the poets occasionally form it by adding \ to
the nominative, as LL bulbul-d, ' O nightingale ! ' The
ablative is nothing more than the nominative with the
preposition j\ az, ' from,' or ' by,' placed before it, as
Jy* j\ az mard, ' from the man.'
 OF NOUNS. 13

'When two nouns como together, the latter of which

is in the genitive case, the governed noun undergoes no
change of form, but the vowel-point kasrah is placed at
the end of the first or governing noun, thus :
Jp* dast-i mard, the hand of the man.
s£ j~i sar-i Mth, the top of the mountain.
The grammatical term for the kasrah so placed is
(C-NiL«) Sj*£ kasrah-i izdfat, i.e., ' the kasrah of con
struction or relation,' but in referring to it, I shall call
it simply the izafat.
When the first noun ends in \ or j instead of kasrah,
the letter ^ is added, as, bM>a-i kaniz,
' the father of the girl'; bxi-i gul, ' the scent of
the rose '; and when it ends in x mute, the mark hamzah
is substituted, as ^UaL) sMj bandah-i sultan, ' the
servant of the Sultan.'
The plural is formed in two ways :—
1. Nouns denoting animate beings, whether masculine
or feminine, usually form it by adding ^l an to the
singular, as,
jJj padar, father. ^jS> padar-dn, fathers.
jjL» mddar, mother. ^l mddar-dn, mothers,
i yt murghu a bird. (j^r* murgh-dn, birds.
Note.—If the noun ends in l or j the letter is
14 PEBSIAN GRAMMAK.

inserted to prevent the hiatus, as tuwdnd, 'able,'

or 'powerful'; pi. (jV.^V tuwdndt/dn, 'able men.'
Nouns ending in s mute, preceded by a short vowel,
form their plurals in gdn, omitting the i, as tef.
b«ohah, ' an infant '; pi. bachagdn. Sometimes,
though rarely, the if is retained, and the jjlf written
separately, thus |^lf . When the s is preceded
by a long vowel, the plural is formed in the usual way,
as aLiob padishdh, 'a king'; pi. ^l&linib .
2. Neuter nouns, i.e. those denoting inanimate objects,
form the plural by adding l& hd to the nominative, as
J J dil, 'the heart'; pi. \£tidil-hd, 'hearts.' |%lsj- Jam,
' a cup '; pi. \$*\s?- Jdm-hd, 'cups.' Neuters in 8 mute
drop the i, as <t)U>- khdnah, 'a house,' IfiLs-. Bidna-M
' houses '; but if the » is preceded by a long vowel, it
is retained, as s\j rdh, 'the road,' \&s\j rdhhd, 'roads.'
The foregoing general rules for the formation of the
plural, apply in strictness only to the classical Persian
writers ; in modern works, and especially in conversa
tion, it is more usual to form all plurals in U> indis
criminately. Even in the best authors, there are
several words which form their plurals sometimes in
^\ and sometimes in Ilk . Ex. asp, ' a horse ';
pi. and . lab, ' a lip '; pi. l$J and
. In Saadi, the plural ^lisiyJ dirakhi-dn, 'trees,'
 OF NOUNS. 15

occurs once ; and the same form is met with in the

'Anvar-i SuhaihV
Note.—The names of animals are rendered masculine
or feminine by the addition of the words J> nar, 'male'
(cf. avr\p), and mddah, 'female;' as, Ji jJ*
shir-i nar, ' a lion,' »jL* jJ* sMr-i mddah, ' a lioness,'
j\£j nar gaii, ' a bull,' ^ ijl* mddah gdii, 'a cow.'
The declension of Persian nouns, after the European
fashion, is as follows :—
SINGULAR.
Nominative wj zan, a woman
uj —
Genitive uj imzan> of a woman

l zan-rd \
Dative to a woman
Accusative zan-rd, a woman
Vocative di zan, O woman
Ablative j\ az zan, from a woman
PLURAL.
Nominative ^bj zan-dn, women

Genitive ijuj <S — [ i-zan-dn, of women

16 PEBSIAtf GBAMMAB.

PLURAL.

Dative | | to women
& ji b&-zan-dn, )
Accusative zan-dn-rd, women
Vocative ^Uj di zan-dn 0 women
Ablatave ^Uj \\ az zan-dn, from women

SINGULAR.
Nominative a cup
Genitive i-jdm, of a cup
( ^j*^? jdm-rd, }
Dative to a cup
( j»^C b&jdm, )
Accusative \j*\sf jdm-rd, a cup
Vocative A°T lJ^ dijdm, Ocup
Ablative ^Ls-jl azjdm, from a cup
PLURAL.
Nominative l^»U>- jdm-Jid, cups
Genitive — i-jdm-M, of cups
( jdm-hd-rd, \
Dative to cups
( l$-»l=sT ba-jdm-hd, )
Accusative jdm-hd-rd, cups
Vocative ^»^- i_S^ di jdm-M, O cups
Ablative jl azjdm-hd, froii cups
 OF PBONOUHS. 17

CHAPTER IV.

OF PRONOUNS.

The Personal Pronouns occur in Persian in two forms,

viz., separate, and affixed to the end of words.
The separate pronouns are as follows : —
SINGULAR.
Nora. & Gen. ^ man, I
Dat. & Acc. ma-rd, to me, me
Nom. & Gen. y tii, thou
Dat. & Acc. \ji tu-rd, to thee, thee
f jU )
_ Nom. & Gen. { (_£•l M > he or she

Nom. & Gen.

Dat. & Acc.
18 l'EHSIAN GRAM¥AR.

PLURAL.
Nom. & Gen. U-i shumd, you
Dat. & Acc. IjU-i shumd-rd, to you

Nom. & Gen. ^j^) ishdn, they

Neut. dn-hd, they
Dat. & Acc. ]y^J ishdn-rd, them, to them
Neut. I dn-hd-rd, them, to them
Obs.~Instead of the plurals L», U-i, and ^Llj^,
the forms ^IjL* or lfcl*, ^bU-i or l&U-i, and ^li,
^Ul&ut, or l^iLiol, are sometimes met with.
After the prepositionsy 'on,' 'in,'jl 'from,' and
^jjs- ' like,' the initial alif of or ^^j}, and the
madda of ^l, are omitted. as, dar-ii, 'in him,'
^Llj^ bar-ishdn, 'upon them,' jj\ az-ii, orjj zii, 'from
him,' chun-u, 'like him.'
When the preposition ij or i is placed before the
same pronouns, the initial alif is changed into J , to
prevent the hiatus, thus: jJo bad-u, 'to or with him,'
^I&jJj bad-hhdn, 'to them,' iarf-ti», 'to it,' and
simiIarly, j\ t£ kih u, ' that he,' is contracted into £ ku.
Other contractions are kish, or kiyash, for
lyl ' that him,' W£ for \jS j\ ' that he
to thee,' <-^jj zii^ for jl 'from (or than) him to
thee':—e.g.
 Of POSSESSIVE PUONOUNS. 19

<-^-Jjj ^^^"^^ Jyiui na-bdshad pddishdhi zut

bihtar, 'there is not a better king to you than he [is].'
In place of the separate forms, the Persians frequently
employ the following affixes, but only in the oblique
cases :—
*— am, me, to me. ^L» man, us.
CU- at, thee, to thee. ^JG tdn, you.
\J«- ash, him, to him, or it, to it. ^Li shdn, them.
Examples.— guftam-dsh, 'i said to him' (for
\j}\ Lf~v«do J didam-at, 'I saw thee' (forl^J ^ Jo J).
The plural terminations are seldom used ; they occur,
however, in conversation.

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

For the Possessive Pronouns the Persians use either

the genitive cases of the personal pronouns, or, more
frequently, the affixes, thus: dil-i man, (lit.,
'the heart of me') or ^Jl) dil-am, 'my heart';
kitdb-at, or y kitdb-i tu, ' thy book ' ;
padar-dsh, or ^ j padar-i ii, ' his father.' If the noun
preceding ends in i mute,, the affixes become respec
tively p\ am, at, and ^l ash, as, j»l <ul?- jamah-
am, ' my robe ; ' but if it terminates in \ or j, the letter
,_c is inserted for the sake of euphony, thus : ».« mil,
20 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

'the hair,' muyam, 'my hair;' Lic dsd, 'a stick,'

. iIoLac dt&ydsh, ' his stick.' In the plural it is more
usual to employ the separate form in full, with the
izafat, as, L» ,_jU,li£ kitdb-hd-i md, 'our books.' To
express the absolute or elliptic forms, ' mine,' ' thine,'
'his own' ( h sien in French), the Persians use the
demonstrative pronoun ^I an, ' that,' with either of
the personal pronouns, the izdfat, or sign of the genitive,
being placed between them, as : ^l dn-i man,
' mine' (lit., ' that of me.') Sometimes the preposition
j\ is added: Ex. ^^j^ mine,' ^ dn-i tii, or
y^uli^ dn-i tii, 'thine; U or U» ^\)\ ours,'
etc. The reflective pronoun J«^- khud may be used in
a similar manner for either person:—e.g., 4y>- ^\ or,
iiyi- ^\)\ 'mine, thine, or his, own,' according to
the context. ,

EEFLECTIVE PEONOUNS.
The Reflective Pronouns are Mud, (JmJj£-
kh'ish, and ^p^jjs- Wlshtan, ' self,' of which the first
is most frequently used, and may be joined to either the
singular or plural of the personal pronouns, as, liyi* (^
' I myself,' they themselves.' In the
accusative and dative it takes the particle \j, as, \jiiy>-
MUd-rd.
 OF DEMONSTRATIVE PBONOUNS. 21

DEMXOTSTRATIVE PKONOUNS.
The Demonstrative Pronouns are in, 'this,' and
i^l an, 'that,' which are thus declined: —
SINGULAR.
Nom. & Gen. In, this
Dat. & Acc. in-rd, to this, this

Nom. & Gen. ^\ an, that

Dat. & Acc. dn-rd, to that, that
PLURAL.
Í\jj\±A ín-dn-rd, \
or I . these
Ijl^jJ in-hd-rd, )
_ ( í»-<í» or )
Dat. & Acc. I |^ ^ ^ j to these, these

„ ~ Í L±>^l <i»-d» or )
Nom. & Gen. j , - . ,. j those
IpUl a»-d»-ra,
Dat. & Acc. \ or J to those, those
\J^>\ dn-hd-rd,
Note.—1. When prefixed to nouns, ^1 and ^\ are
indeclinable:—Ex. ^Uj ^l in zandn, 'these women;'
an j'dmhd, ' those cups.' If placed sepa
rately, the plural in ^\ is generally used when
22 TERSIAN GRAMMAR.

referring to persons, and that in lfc when referring to

inanimate objects.
2. After the prepositions^ , jJ and jl, the initial
alif of and the madda of ^\ are dropped, as ^ji,
Jij>, etc.
3. After the preposition Jj the initial alif or the
madda is changed into J , as ^.JJ badin, baddn.
4. Before the nouns jjj riiz, 'day,' t_-w shah,
'night,' JLi sdl, 'year,' used adverbially, is
changed into *l im, as imriiz, 'to-day,' i^Ji^*\
imshab, ' to-night.'

EELATIVE PRONOUNS.

Strictly speaking, there is no Relative Pronoun in

Persian corresponding to the Latin qui, qua, quod, for
although the word kih, ' that,' often appears to be
used like our ' who,' ' whom,' etc., all such expressions
are in reality elliptical: thus, & man kih
ddshtam, ' I who had,' is an ellipsis for ^yt i£ l£y
pJZ,\J lit. ' I that I had.' In the oblique cases, this
becomes quite clear, as the Persians never say \£
^iXiJ man kira dldi, ' I whom you saw,' but t£
Jo[J \ lit. ' I that you saw me '; and similarly,
' the man whom I saw,' must be rendered by i£ ..y*
 OF INTEBBOGATIVE PRONOUNS. 2tJ

f»J.jJ \,A mard kih iird didam, 'the man that I saw
him,' or ijL* S> ti <£ <Sj* ^l or simply (^i^Jo J <o (^1
Again, c^is' <i£ ' he who said,' is an ellipse for
j\ t£ lit. ' that man that ho said.'
It must be noted that is always used in reference
to persons or animated beings : in the case of inanimate
objects £>- chih is employed, as, ' that which'
(id quod).

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
The Interrogative Pronouns are +\&$ kuddm, 'which'
(Lat , quis or qualis), and t£ and which are tho
same in form as the relatives, but when used interroga
tively, they are declined regularly like substantives,
thus :—
Nom. & Gen. t£ kih, who ?
Dat. & Acc. \fi ki-rd, to whom ? whom ?
Nom. &Gen. is>- chih, what?
Dat. & Acc. \j>- chi-rd, to what ? what ? or why ?
The plural of t£ is kian, which is always used
elliptically, and without a substantive ; e.g. ' who ?'
not ^^r* 'what men ?' <t>- 'which,' when used
elliptically refers only to inanimate objects, and makes
\#>- in the plural : when joined to a substantive, may
24 PERSIAN GBAMMAB.

refer to animated beings as well as objects ; e.g., ij>~

,.- - A y»£ chih kas ast, ' what person is it ?' A»-
chih chiz ast, 'what thing is it?'

INDEFINITE PKONOTJNS.

These are har, 'every,' 'all;' ^iJi hich, 'any'

(generally followed by a negative in the sense of 'none,'
'no one'); yJi Icas, 'some one' (lit., 'a gerson');
^jes^ shaMs, ' a person ;' ydkl, ' one,' ' some one ;'
t\x»- chand, ' some ;' ,^>- tani chand, several
persons,' etc. The word j!b is frequently compounded
with other pronouns, as, yj* Jt> har kas, ' everybody,'
t£ j& har kih, or i£ ^\ Jt* har an kih, ' whosoever,'
Jt> har chih, 'whatever,' ^loa jB> harkuddm, 'who
ever,' etc., etc.

CHAPTER V.

OF THE VEEB.

Persian Verbs have only one conjugation, the tenses

of which may be divided, for the sake of convenience,
into three classes, viz. : 1st. those derived from the
 OF THE VERB. 25

root of the verb ; 2nd. those derived from the infinitive ;

3rd. compound tenses.
All regular infinitives end in idan, and by
dropping the termination, we obtain the root of the
verb, which is also the 2nd person singular of the
imperative mood. Ex. jjJu^j niiMdan, ' to drink,'
root, j^ijj nush, ' drink thou '; ^J^j~> saridan, ' to
sing,' root,^-> sar, 'sing thou'; ^Aj<X*wJ pasandidan,
to approve 'or 'be pleased with,' root, Jew patand,
' approve thou.'
Before proceeding farther with the formation of the
tenses, it will be advisable to give the personal ter
minations, which are as follows :—
SINGULAR.
I»l am or j» m am.
or (_f i art.
ast or st is.
PLURAL.
*i) or |*i are-
JoJ or Ja id are.
Jul and or Ju nd are.
These terminations are the same in all tenses, with
the exception that the 3rd pers. sing. c^~-;l ast, becomes
J in the aorist, and its cognate tenses ; while in the
perfect and some other tenses it is omitted altogether^

1
26 PERSIAN GKAMMAIt.

' 1st Class.

The aorist is formed by adding the personal ter
mination to the root of the verb, as ^£,y niish-am, I
may drink,' L?ijj niish-i, ' thou mayest drink,' etc.
The present is formed by prefixing the syllable ^
mi or j^-^Jb hami, to the persons of the aorist, as {^»
mi-nush-am, ' I am drinking,' etc.
The first future is formed by prefixing the particle
J bi to the aorist, as bi-niish-am, ' I will drink.'
The present participle is formed by adding the syl
lable ^\ an to the root, as niish-dn, ' drinking.'
The verbal noun is formed by adding 2fdo- andah to
the root, as siXJ*jj nush-andah, ' a drinker.'
2nd Class.
The perfect is formed from the infinitive by rejecting
the ^j-an, and adding the personal terminations, as,
niishid-am, 'i drank,' etc.
The imperfect is obtained by simply prefixing the
syllable mi to the perfect, as ^J^^j mi-nu-
shid-am, ' I was drinking,' etc.
The addition of the letter i_j i to the perfect gives it
a conditional, and sometimes an habitual, signification,
as ^j*i\JZ,jj niishxdam'-i, ' I might drink,' or ' I was in
the habit of drinking.'
 or THE VERB. 27

The past participle is formed from the infinitive by

changing ^— an into s- ah, as sxJi,y nushidah, ' having
drunk.'
3ed class.
The compound tenses are formed by uniting the past
participle to certain tenses of the auxiliary verb ^y
budan, 'to be': Ex. ^UtX^iy nushidah-am, 'I have
drunk,' XA+Jjy nushidah budam, 'i had drunk,' etc.
The compound future is formed by prefixing the
aorist of the verb ^j^yi- kKastan, 'to wish,' or
'will,' to the contracted infinitive, i.e., the 3rd person
singular of the perfect; as, J*~I,y jȣ,^j^ kh'dham
nushid, ' I will drink,' etc.

Conjugation of the Verb ^iX^iy nushidan, ' To

Drink.'
aoeist. present.
'I drink, or I may drink.' 'I am drinking,' etc.
y nusham, I may drink y mi-nusham
^c^y nushi, Thou mayest ^j^y mi-niishi
drink
JJt,y nushad, He may drink JJ*y ^* nti-nushad

pJZ,y niishim, We may drink y ^* mi-nushim

nushid, You may drink J^jj mi-nushid
iXJZiy niishand, They may drink xJjy ^* mi- niishand
28 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

FIRST FUTURE.
'I shall drink,' etc.
p£,yJ bi-niisham (^i^- bi-nushlm
^jt,yJ bi-niisJA 'V-'J-J bi-niishid
Julyj bi-nushad JCwlyo bi-niishand
IMPERATIVE.
I*£,y niisham, let me drink j»~ijj niishim, let us drink
»&«A, drink thou -V--y nush(d, drink ye
Juijj nushad, let him drink Jc-i^ nushand, let them
drink.
iVbfe.—In conversation it is usual to prefix j bi
to the imperative, thus, bi-niish, 'drink thou,'
A^yj bi-nusMd, 'drink ye.'
PERFECT.
' I drank,' etc.
pA+JZiy yiusMdam ^jJu^iy nushidlm
^jSJt>y nushidl OJju^jj niishidtd
tXj-ijj nushid Jjju^y nuslndand
IMPERFECT.
' I was drinking,' etc.
p<\.,£>)..*-.* mi-nfahidam ^s-J^c^-« mi-nushidim
mS -nhM.did
S+£,y~~* mi-niishid AiJu^itX** mi-nushidand
 OF IHE VERB. 29

CONDITIONAL Or HABITUAL.
' I might drink,' or ' I used to drink,' etc.
nusMdam-i ^j*jA~i>y nushidim-i
iJ^y nusMd-i ^Si^y nushidid-i
^S^y nushid-i ^jSjXJt>y nushidand-i

COMPOUND PBETEBTTE.
' I have drunk,' etc.
j»l sS^y nusMdah-am jtU^jj nusMdah-im
^ ij\ s<X;Ji>y niisMdah-i
fXAy nusMdah-i ) nushidah-id

l HA+£y nushidah-ast Jul 8&+J*y nusMdah-and

PLUPEBFECT.
'I had drunk,' etc.
SINGULAR.
ptiy XA+JLy nusMdah budam
ijty s&~£>y nusMdah biidi
Jjj jJuA^j nusMdah biid
PLURAL.
pity i^J^y nusMdah budim
&ty s£-£>y nusMdah budid
>>jty ss^i>y nusMdah budand
30 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

COMPOUND FUTURE.
' I shall drink,' etc.
SINGULAR.
kh'dham nushid
^t-Z>y ^jb\f>- kh'dhi nushid
^x^ijj AA^i. kh'dhad nushid
PLURAL.
^Ji,\f>- khdhim nushid
<y~*y JLj&lyi. Wahid nushid
iXiA^j-. kli'dhand nushid
FUTURE PERFECT.
'I shall have drunk,' etc.
81N0ULAB.
xs~t,ji nushidah bdsham
ss^y nushidah bdshi
tX£,u sxJSiy nushidah bdshad
FLURAL.
SXJ^ii nushidah bdshim
JS,\> ZXJSijj nushidah bdshid
-ib &Ju£J nushidah bdshand
INFINITIVE.
Present . ^iX^jj nushidan, to drink
Preterite ^tty a^Xj-iy; nushidah biidan, to have drunk
 OF THE VERB. 31

' PARTICIPLES.
Present n^hdn, drinking
Preterite SSJt,y nushidah, having drunk
VERBAL N0I7N.
nushandah, a drinker

Op the Vebb ' To Be,' in Persian.

The word c: - f» hast, ' existing,' is joined to the
personal terminations, and forms with them a single
tense of a substantive verb, 'to be,' as follows : —
singiilab. plukal.
»i h hastam, I am hastim, we are
hasti, thou art JuS-uJb hasfid, you are
w-m*JS hast, he is. JuiAtJt hastand, they are
JVbfe.—Although the personal terminations are not
used separately, like the Latin sum, es, est, etc. to ex
press ' I am,' ' thou art,' etc., yet they may be joined
to a pronoun, noun, or adjective, and are then equivalent

u nik-ast, ' he is good.' If the noun or adjective end in

s mute, the full form of the personal terminations is
generally used, as kji^-cl s Jcj »\ ii bandah ast, ' he is a
32 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

a slave.' When the interrogative pronouns ' if* kih,

' who ? ' is- chih, ' what ? ' are joined to the ter
minations, the i is elided, and the initial alif of *\ ,
etc. is changed into as is^wmga Myast, or
o->n.'C kist, ' who is it ? ' and in like manner after a
word ending in l or ^ , the initial alif becomes , as
l^Ulj dandyam, ' I am learned.' For the third person
the contracted form may be used, as u>w»jbij ddndst,
' he is learned.' Besides these isolated tenses, the
Persians have two verbs, viz., (j<ty budan, ' to be,' and
^Jci shudan, 'to be ' (passive), which are conjugated
as follows :—

Conjugation of the Auxiliaby Vebb ^JjJ budan,

'to be.'
aosist—'I maybe,' etc.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
^i>\j bdsham1 j*r^^ bdshim
^^ib bdshi bdshid
tX^>b bdshad bdshand
present—' I am,' etc. future—' I shall be,' etc.
l»_iU~* mi-bdsham, etc. |*-»>V? bi-bdsham, etc.

1 The form outlaw, or bavam, bmoi, etc, is

sometimes met with.
 OF THE VEBB. 33

IMPERATIVE.
j^ib bdsh, be thou b&Mm, let us be
JuiU or jb bdshad or idrf, id«AW, be ye
let him be Ja-ib bdshand, let them be
perfect, I was, etc.
fo'idam ^J>. ^dkm

i^j biid 'tity biidand

IMPEBFECT.
^j* rrA-biidam, I was, <tfc.
CONDITIONAL.
^y>j> biidam-i, I might or would be, etc.
COMPOUND PEETEBITE.
|»lit)y biidah-am, I have been, etc.
PLUPERFECT.
I*J^j (not in use)
COMPOUND FUTUBE.
^bi^-i.
»l. kh'dham bid, I shall be,
FUTUBE PEBFECT.
iJ^j iu<?»A bdsham, I shall have been, etc.
INFINITIVE.
U^jj biidan, to be
PABTICIPLE.
Preterite—VJy budah, having been
34 PERSIAN GBAMMAB.

Conjugation of THE Auxibiabt Veeb ^Jbl shudan,

' TO BE.'
aobist, I be, or I may be, etc.
fy£> shavam

i$yZ, shavad Jj^Ji shavand

PBESENT.
mi-shavam, I am, efc.
FTTTITBE.
l^yUj bishavam, I shall be,
IMPEBATIVE.
shavim, let us be
be thou Jo shavid, be ye
Jyi shavad, let him be Aj^i shavand, let them be
perfect, I was, efc.
j* Jul> shudam fi.S~, shudim
lJXZi s^ttrfz JJ iXi shudid
iX-i «Am<? Jjjui shudand
IMPERFECT.
l*Ji^> mi-shudam, I was, efo.
CONDITIONAL.
^yfl J..i, shudam-i, I might be, efc.
COMPOUND PBETEBITE.
shudah-am, I have been, «ife.
 OF NEGATIVE VERBS. 35

PLUPERFECT.
at\£, shudah budam, I had been, etc.
COMPOUND FUTTTRE.
SJL ^S,\y>- kh'dham shud, I will be, etc.
INFINITIVE.
i^Ai shudan, to be
PARTICIPLE.
Preterite shuda, having been

OF THE PASSIVE VOICE.

The Passive Voice in Persian is formed by uniting

the past participle of an active verb to the various
tenses of the preceding verb ^ Jul , thus : ^J-*^ pur-
sidan, 'to ask,' iJu~^J 'asked'; ^yt, ^* J-^r-^ I
am asked'; sXt, iJu^ ' I had been asked,' etc.
It is needless to give an example of an entire verb, as
this would be merely to repeat the verb ^ Xi, .

OF NEGATIVE VEKBS.

Verbs are rendered negative by prefixing the particle

ij nah, 'not,' usually contracted to i : as na-guft,
' he did not speak ;' Jw^j na-mi-pursad, ' he does
36 PEBSIAN GBAMMAit.

not ask.' To the imperative, <U mah or * is prefixed,

to express prohibition, as : <t» m&h-nush, ' do not
drink ;' ma-purs, ' do not ask.'
When the negative particles are prefixed to a verb
beginning with \ not marked -with the madda —,
the letter is inserted and the \ omitted, as JoJjJul
andiizid, 'he acquired,' JaJjAxJ nayandiizid, ' he did
not acquire;' jlCl angdr, ' reflect,' J&-~* mayangdr,
'reflect not;' JcJl uftad, 'he fell,' JcJui nayuftad, 'he
did not fall ;'—the inserted always taking the vpwel
of the rejected \. If the verb begins with I, the
madda alone is rejected, and the l remains, as J\ dr,
' bring thou,' maydr, ' do not bring.' These rules
apply equally to the particle J , whether prefixed to
the imperative or to the aorist sign of the future ; as, .
biydr, ' bring thou,' Jci-J biyuftad, ' he will fall.'
In poetry the j is sometimes prefixed to a verb com
mencing with alif, without the intervention of the ^j,
as <X»U for 'he did not come.'
When the simple future is to be rendered negative
the j is placed after the J , as : JO U>iJ bi-na-mdnad,
' he will not remain.'
 OF ANOMALOUS VERBS. 37

The personal terminations, and the substantive verb

!»".i"fe hastam, are conjugated negatively as follows :
l*J nayam, I am not, ^ju nayim
or <(j »ayi or »a» JuJO »ayW

nhtid
nktand

OF INTEEEOGATIVE VEEBS.
There is no particular form for verbs used inter
rogatively, and the question is generally expressed by
altering the tone of the voice; thus: ^yu^
JlJJ ^* l~~if!>~ shum<* zabdn-ifdrsi harf mi-zanid may
mean either, ' Tou speak Persian,' or ' Do you speak
Persian ?' according to the manner in which it is said.
Occasionally, the particle M ayd, ' whether ?' is pre
fixed to the verb.

OF ANOMALOUS VEEBS.
It would appear probable that anciently all (or very
nearly all) the Persian verbs ended in ^Si- idan, but
in the language as we now have it, a large number of
38 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

infinitives occur which terminate either in ddan,

^Jj- udan, ^J dan preceded by a consonant, or ^ tan
preceded by a consonant.
All these verbs form their preterites in a regular
manner, viz., by rejecting the ^-an, and adding the per
sonal terminations, as, ddsht-an, 'to have,' j»i^J
ddsht-aki,' I had ;' ^jzS-jji farkkht-an,' to sell,'c^vi-j^i
fariikht, 'he sold;' ^y+j namiid-an,' to show,' duJytj
namud-and, 'they showed,' etc.; but the imperatives
are often extremely anomalous or irregular, and as
most of the rules for finding them are subject to many
exceptions, it will be better merely to give one or two
of the most comprehensive, and then subjoin a list of
the irregular verbs most in use, to which the student
may refer whenever it may be necessary.
1. When the termination dan is preceded by a
consonant, this consonant is, in five cases out of six,
either < or ^/azm-ated, without a following vowel,
^Ji^. khurdan, ' to eat '; kandan, to dig,' and the
imperative is formed regularly by rejecting the termi
nation yj, asj^ri- khur, 'eat thou,' ^ Jcan, 'dig thou.'
Three verbs in very common use (and a few others) are
exceptions to this rule, viz. : dwardan,' to bring,'
imp.^l or ji)\ dwar; ^Jji bwrdan, 'to bear,' imp.^j
bar; and kardan, 'to do,' imp. ^ km.
 OF ANOMALOUS VERBS. 39

2. Verbs in iidan form their imperatives by

rejecting that termination and substituting di, as
^^"J* farm-iidan, ' to command,' imp. usb^ farm-di,
' command thou.' The exceptions are ^j*^, ' to hear,'
imp. jJj, and one or two others.
3. In verbs ending in ^Jj tan, the ^ tan is preceded
either by £, ij* , ^ or i_J ; those ending in lji^>- IMan
being the most numerous. They generally form their
imperatives by rejecting ^ and changing £ into
j, as jjiii-l^il afrdkhtan, 'to raise,' imp. afrdz,
'raise thou.' jjOri-li^ 'to know,' makes ^li^i , and
lj^>.jj» 'to sell,' ^jji . The other exceptions are
given in the following
TABLE OF VERBS
WHICH FOEM THEIR IMPERATIVES IN AN
IRREGULAR OR ANOMALOUS MANNER.
infinitive. . IMPERATIVE.
to stitch .
to draw a sword . tT
to adorn .
to sew .... f
to sew /
to offend
 PERSIAN GEAMMAB.
INFINITIVE.
to repose
to disturb .
to accumulate
to embrace .
to fall . .
to elevate .
to exalt .
to create
to increase .
to squeeze .
to fling .
to stuff
to stain .
to come
to prepare
to learn
to mix
to store .
to throw .
to treasure .
 OF ANOMALOUS VERBS. 41
INFINITIVE. IMPERATIVE.
j£>€j\ to think .... J&\
to bring ..... j\
to Buspend .... Jjjl
^jli^uj) to stand .... c^-j]
to play .... j'j
to weave .... i_JIj
^*uAi to be fit . . . .
9 s
ij^J> to carry .... J
jj^tuJ to bind .... Jcj
(jiiu to sift J-j
(jjjlb to strain ....
cT*' totcook j>
i^xJ*\,Xuj to think ....
(jii^Jj to accept .... ^jjj
^y^j to measure .... c£b»-J
cT-'jsi to join . . . . .^jJ
ylii-b" to gallop .... j\j
(^ms>- to leap .... <5j»-
[J^>- to search ....
^,i**- to gather ....
 PERSIAN QBAMMAB.
INFINITIVE.
to rise .
-°l . to -wish
to give .
to have
to see .
to drive .
to escape
to grow .
to spin
v"
to go . .
OP
crt> to sweep
to bring forth
to rub off
to strike .
to live .
to make
OP
to entrust, JV -
to prick .
to take .
to praise .
 OF ANOMALOUS VJSKBS. 43
INFINITIVE. IMPERATIVE.
^9 oy
.o-iLi to bore . . . .
^Jy-j to pound ....
^utAji, to be proper . . .
^Jui to become ....
c^-*£~, to break ... . . iJji>
.^ijlSLji
w 0/ to cleave .... <_jl£-2i
cy
cy«^i to bloom ....
j^^s-U^> to know .... ^li-i
yy . y
to count . . . .
cT^JL/3 to sell
(jii; to deceive . . . c_o
f ' . . .
^Jjj^s to increase ....
. .
^J^jIj to squeeze . . .
^^-ll^ to plant .... Jo
1050 liT
e,rs-i^ to become ....
c^-u^ to sow . . . ' .
jiZl to km jil
>^fi to knock ....
^Jojj to choose .... >stj^
44 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.
INFINITIVE. IMPERATIVE.
-lad u£ to break ....
to speak ...
to remain J"
JIT*
to place ....

to paint ....
to caress, to blandish • jv;
N * p« to write ....

*i
to conceal
cr^ to let down, to quit.
to find .... * **
By consulting the preceding table, the student will
be able to find at a glance any tense of an anomalous
verb which he may require ; taking care, however, to
remember which tenses are derived from the infinitive,
and which from the root of the verb. To impress this
matter more clearly on bis memory, we subjoin the first
persons of the various tenses of the verb didan,
' to see,' because the great discrepancy which exists
 FOBMATION OF TENSES. 45

between the infinitive, didan, ' to see,' and its root

bin, see thou,' exhibits the derivation of the tenses
more strikingly than any other example could do :—
TENSES DERIVED FROM THE ROOT.
AORIST.
bin-am, I may see, etc.
PBESENT.
j^i-j ^yt mi-bin-am, I am seeing, etc.
FUTURE.
bi-bin-am, I shall see, etc.
IHPEBATIVE.
bin, see thou, etc.
PRESENT PABTICIPLE.
Jfo-d», seeing
VERBAL NOUN.
ifjoi-j bin-andah, a seer, one who sees
TENSES DERIVED FROM THE INFINITIVE.
PBETEBITE.
I»0a J did-am, I saw, efo.
IMPEBFECT.
I»dj Jut I was seeing, efo.
COMPOUND PRETERITE.
l*<'Jk£j did-ah-am, I have seen,
PLUPEBFECT.
iJaJ did-ah budam, I had seen,
46 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

COMPOUND FUTURE.
JjJ pJs^s>- kh'dham did, I will see, etc.
FUTURE PERFECT.
^Jt>\j i>X»J did-ah bdsham, I shall have seen, etc.
PAST PARTICIPLE.
iJo J did-ah, having seen

OF COMPOUND VERBS.

There is in Persian a very numerous class of Com

pound Verbs, which are formed by joining Arabic
verbal nouns to certain Persian verbs, as ^^fi kardan,
' to make,' namiidan, ' to show,' etc. Ex.
U-ifi <»Uj tamdm kardan, ' to complete,' lit. ' to make
complete'; rujM namhdan, 'to return,'
lit. to show returning.'
The following is a list of the verbs most often em
ployed in these combinations ::—
^>X*t dmadan, to come
^JyT dwardan, to bring
burdan, to bear
j^Jjj biidan, to be
kh'dstan, to wish
^>ijy>- IMrdan, to eat
 COMPOUND VERBS. 47

^jS^ilj ddshtan, to have

^JoJ didan, to see
zadan, to strike
^^ri-L> sdkhtan, to make
^A-l> shudan, to become
^jjy^ji farmiidan, to order
kardan, to do, or make
^j^JSS kashidan, to draw, or suffer
^jjijt^r gardidan, }
to turn, or become
gashtan, )
giriftan, to take
ijXuJSJ nishastan, to sit
^J^tJ namiidan, to show
^^lili yd/tan, to find
Obs.—In many cases, it is a matter of indifference
which of the foregoing verbs is joined to the Arabic
noun ; thus we may say either ^lifi b
^Jj^tJ |*UJ , or ^jiiytji ^»Uj , ' to complete.' The
student of Arabic will observe, however, that while
passive participles are usually joined to a neuter Persian
verb, those of an active form are constructed with active
verbs, e.g. Jrr,; + muntazir, 'expecting,' may be used
with , u/ty , jjJoJ^f, etc., butjUkjl intizdr,
' expecting,' takes in preference , ^y*^ , etc.
In these compounds the original signification of the
48 PEBSLUT GBAMMAR.

Persian verb is often entirely lost sight of, and in

translating it may generally be considered as a mere
termination, showing that the Arabic word is used as a
verb. Tor instance, it would be absurd to render
^Jy^J |*Uj by ' to show completing,' when the simple
verb ' to complete ' answers so much better.
We have in English many analogous examples of
compound verbs, such as 'to mount guard,' in which
the word ' mount ' has passed altogether out of its
original meaning. Again, we say indifferently, ' to pay
attention,' ' to give attention,' or ' to bestow attention,'
each signifying ' to attend '; and although the Persian
phrase ^jy>- ^ gharri kMrdan, 'to eat grief,' ap
pears at first sight rather droll according to our ideas,
we have very similar metaphors, viz : ' to taste afflic
tion,' 'to sup on horrors'; and other instances might be
cited, if necessary. Perhaps the most curious example of
this class of verbs is ^Aj i_>j»- harf zadan, lit., ' to strike
or beat a word' which is commonly used for ' to speak.'
^iXii) didan' to see,' frequently signifies 'to experience,'
as (j Jo J ^Lo-j ihsdn didan, 'to experience kindness.'
Besides the above, there are many compound verbs
in which both parts are Persian, as (ijSj>.Li pji- khur-
ram sdkhtan, to make joyful,' J pdsddshtan,
' to keep watch,' etc. Persian verbs are also frequently
 OF IMPERSONAL VEBBS. 49

compounded with the prepositions jii dar, ' in,' y bar,

'upon,' and others, a« in Greek and Latin: JEx.jJ
dar dmadan, ' to come in '; Lat. 'introire'; but
as these compounds offer few peculiarities, and may
readily be found in the Dictionary, they need not be
noticed further in this grammar.

OF IMPEESOFAL VEEBS.

Many verbs which in Greek, Latin, and other lan

guages, are impersonal, take in Persian a nominative of
cognate meaning ; thus, instead of pluit, ' it rains,' the
Persians say {Jlfc bdrdn mi-bdrad, ' the rain
rains'; and similarly Ju^s-jJu^ j^j 'the lightning
lightens,' JAvr.. -» j JcJ the thunder thunders,' instead
of ' it lightens,' ' it thunders.'
There are, however, three verbs, viz. : ^yi-^.b bd-
yistan, ' to be necessary,' ^^oLi shdyistan, ' to become,'
ahd (jJ^J-J sazidan, ' to be worthy,' which are used
impersonally in the 3rd pers. sing, of the present,
aorist, and imperfect, and answer to the Latin ' decet,*
'oportet,' ' dignum est,' etc. or to our 'must' and
' ought.' 'When thus employed, they take after them
the contracted or apocopated form of the infinitive : as,
4
50 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

j£ Job bdyad kard, ' it is necessary to do,' ' one must

do '; c^if Jo Li shdyad gufi, ' it is proper to say.'
The verb tuwdnistan, 'to be able,' is also
used impersonally, but with this difference, that it more
frequently occurs in the form of the root, as ^\y
twwdn kard, ' one can do,' ' it is possible to do.'

OF CAUSAL VERBS.

By adding the terminations ^>Xjl- dnidan or jjJul-

dndan to the roots of verbs, a new class of verbs is
formed .which are termed Causal ; and which, if the
original verb be an active one, are doubly transitive,
e.g. from ^j^y parwardan, ' to educate,' is derived
^<^j\j}j> parwar-dndan, ' to cause (some one) to educate
(another).' If the first verb be neuter, it becomes simply
transitive, as ^<i^j rasidan, 'to arrive,' jj>XoLy
rtisdnidan, ' to cause to arrive.'
 07 ADJECTIVES. 51

CHAPTER VI.

OF ADJECTIVES.

Adjectives in Persian are indeclinable, and are placed

after the substantives with which they are in construc
tion, the qualified noun taking the issdfat, or sign of the
genitive case, as, C£~j mard-i nik, ' a good man,'
zan-i nik, 'a good woman;' CS**)
khdnah-i nik, 'a good house,' -ij^'ir* marddn-i
nik, ' good men.'
The comparative and superlative of adjectives are
regularly formed by adding the syllables Ji tar and
^Ji tarin to the positive, as, ^j>j+Jii shtrin, ' sweet,'
jxjjj* shirin-tar, ' sweeter,' ^jiUj+i> shirin-tarvn,
' sweetest.'
Arabic adjectives are compared in the same manner,
as, ghani,''rich,'J ghflni-tar, richer,'
' richest.'
Occasionally the sign of comparison J is added to an
Arabic adjective, which is already in the comparative
form ; thus, instead of Jicl adzam, the Arabic com-
52 PERSIAN GBAMMAR.

parative of ^ *nr dsdm,' great,' we findjxdkz\ adzam-tar,

greater.'
The terminations Ji and ^Ji are also added to
adverbs and prepositions, which then become compara
tive and superlative adjectives, as, y bar, 'upon,'^Jjj
bar-tar, ' higher,' ^Jij> bar-tarin, ' highest ;' j>j zir,
' below,' j,J,„'j zhr-tar, ' lower,' ^J'jij zir-tartn,
' lowest.'
The adjective <U bih, ' good,' and one or two others,
are sometimes used in the positive form with a com
parative meaning, as, <U <-r ^} In
kitdb bih az an ast,' this book is better than that.' (Our
than after a comparative is expressed byj\ az, as in this
example.)
What may be termed the absolute superlative is
formed by prefixing the words t^Xy nik, ' good,'
bisydr, 'much,' L&- khalli, much,' 'very;' as
i—>y>- hhalli. Wub, ' very good,' ' most ex
cellent,' ,X> CS^> nik bad, 'very bad,'' extremely bad,'
jjiyi. jL«*j bisydr kMsh, ' very well,' etc.
 OP THE NUMERALS.

CHAPTER VII.

OP THE NUMEEAIS.

The Cardinal Numbers are as follows :—

Cio yak 1
_jj du 2
<U, sih 3
j^>- chahdr .... 4
panj ...... 5
I^P-i shesh 6
o%Afc haft 7
c^uJt hasht ...... 8
<Sj »wA 9
Sii dah 10
i-Jjl> ydsdah .... 11
aJjljJ duwdzdah .... 12
*JJ--o stzdah 13
iJjl^- chahdrdah .... 14
iJpl> pdnzdah .... 15
aJjJli shdnzdah .... 16
*JcjL& haftdah .... ]
or I 17
JiXsJi hafdah )
 PERSIAN GBAJIMAR.

H>iSJ&Js hashtdah
or 18
iJu!L& h&shdah ....
nuwdzdah. ... 19
LS-wmJ 20
lL£| j US 1*11,0 m y«£ ... 21
3J j i^-v«-j iirf 4 rf& . . . . 22
etc.
^ *i 30
_j ^j-j *i 4 yak .... 31
etc.
chihal 40
ilscu panjdh 50
U^mJti shast 60
jliifc haftdd 70
J^Jjb h&shtdd .... 80
Ay nw;ad 90
Jus sad 100
diiwist )
orS<- 200
du sad . . .
Jw> <Lj sih sad 300
etc.
jljJ> hazdr 1,000
j\yt, H>i dah hazdr . .
10,000
,,U»y tiimdn
 OF PABTICLES. 55

The Ordinal Numbers are formed for the most part

by adding the termination ^-t. urn to the Cardinals ;
but for ' first ' the word re* nuMustin is more
frequently employed than jȣ, yakum. The rest are
duuntm, or duivim, second
siwum, or py^i siwum, third
fj^iff- chahdrum, or j^l*- chdrum, fourth
j»a£U panjum, fifth
-i sheshum, sixth
j»iias haftam, seventh
etc.

CHAPTER VIII.

OF PAETICLES.

The Persian grammarians comprise Adverbs, Pre

positions, Conjunctions, and Interjections, under the
general term of t_ijjs.~ haruf, or 'Particles': these are
all extremely simple in their use, and call for few
remarks, and a list of them belongs rather to the
Dictionary than to the Grammar. The following, how
ever, are given, as being of frequent occurrence.
 rEBSIAN GBAirSTAB.

ADVERBS.

1.— Advebbs of Place.

kujd, where
injd, here
dnjd, there
har jd, everywhere
andariin, within
biriin, without
diir, afar off
nazdik, near
pas, behind

2.—Advebbs of Time.

when ?
aknun, now
as yet
di, yester(day)
fardd, to-morrow
iU 0 ndgdh, suddenly
j>Jt> hargiz, ever
ij £jb hargfa-nah, never
 OF ADVERBS.

3.—Adverbs of Quantity.

chand, how much ?

sjjjjl andak, little
^jLm*j bisydr, much
more
t/tij bas, only, enough
less

4.—Adverbs of Manner, Interrogation, Doubt,

Negation, etc.

mid, like
chun, how
chigiim, in what manner ?
chird, wherefore
w
shdyad, perhaps
<CjT har-dyinah, certainly
stiyddat, more
al-battah, verily
M-shak, without doubt
ndh, no, not
hich, any
it
58 PERSIAN GRAMMAE.

<5j hich-ndh, -none

fj>S ^Jb hich-kas, no one
Besides the preceding, almost any adjective may be
used adverbially.

CONJUNCTIONS.

j wa and it, and

ham, also, and
J-j nk, also
jz\ agar, if
is-^f\ agarchih, although
ammd
lakin, but
lekin,
^% magar, perhaps, but
dSli MlMh, perhaps
\jj zird, because

PREPOSITIONS.

j\ orj az or zi, from, by

\i bd, with
<0 or J idA or ia, to, in
 TOErOSITIOUS. 59

jii dar, in
y bar, on, upon
y>- Juz, except
b' td, up to, as far as
!^ bi, without
Besides the above, many words, originally substantives
or adjectives, are used as Prepositions, in which case
the izdfat is required between them and the noun they
govern: e.g. lib bdld, 'above'; £j[&- (_jUb bdld-l Ididnah,
' on the top of the house.' lL£j Jji nazdik, ' near ';
^tlX;JJj nazdik-i man, ' near me,' lit., ' in my
vicinity.'
The prepositions j J dar, 'in'; j> bar, 'upon'; and
andar or ^jj^ andariin, 'in,' 'within,' some
times become Post-positions, in which case the noun
after which they are placed takes the preposition >
bd, as, jJ bjiXJ bd-ddryd ddr (for bjJ jS) 'in the
sea '; ^jjj^ £_bj bd-bdgji andariin,' in the garden,' etc.

INTERJECTIONS.

Jl ald, ho ! holla !
iT dh, ah! oh!
wdi, oh!
,^)jJ dirigh, alas !
60 PERSIAN GBAMMAE.

a/sits, alas ! ah !
tafu, fie!
mak, lo ! behold !
hin, make haste !
hat, take care !
khdmush. silence !
La M,6shd, bravo ! well !

CHAPTER IX.

OF COMPOUND WOEDS.

Sometimes, in Persian, two nouns are placed in con

struction together without the sign of the genitive,
in which case the usual order is inverted, as Joi
pand-ndmah, the counsel-book,' instead of Jcj it»o
ndm&h-i pand, ' the book of counsel or advice.' a jljJsLa
shdh-zdddh, ' the king's son.' We have in English many
similar instances, such as ' London University ' for
'University of London'; 'wine-merchant' for 'mer
chant of wine and a hundred others.
There are also in Persian a few substantives com
pounded of two infinitives in the apocopated form,
which are usually connected by the conjunction *, as
 OF COMPOUND WOKDS. 61

guft u shunid, conversation ' {lit.

'speaking and hearing'); j dmad u raft,
' coming and going,' and a few others.
By far the most numerous class, however, of com
pound words, consists of adjectives or epithets, which
are formed in various ways,—sometimes by the union
of two substantives ; sometimes by joining a substan
tive and an adjective together ; and, more frequently,
by compounding a substantive with a verbal root.
The following list presents a few examples of each
sort :
1.—Adjectives compounded op two Substantives.
^jji pari rukhsdr, having cheeks like a
fairy
_
fairy-faced
jessamine-bosomed
sugar-lipped
lion-hearted
2. —Adjectives compounded of an Adjective and a
Substantive.
j^jl
J <—JjiU khub dwdz, having a pleasant
voice
^Sys^yi- IMsh-khui, sweet-tempered
»\j i'm ink nam, of good name
02 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

3.—Adjectives compounded of Substantives and

Verbal Roots.
^LUl gid-afohdn, scattering flowers
\j\ u^-p- jahdn-drd, world-adorning
LjI ruh-dsd, tranquilizing the mind
j~, sar-afrdz, exalting the head
I iij t^v*lli zulmat-zadd, dispelling darkness
j rdhat-dmiz, tranquilizing ( lit.
mixing rest)
u_>b kdm ydb, having obtained(one's)
desire (voti compos)
The Particles b bd, ' with,' ^) M, ' without,' U nd,
' not,' ^£ kam, ' little,' and ^t> ham, ' together,' are also
very often prefixed to substantives, with which they
form compound adjectives, as :
S~*\ b bd ummid, with hope, hopeful
lij b bd wafd, with faith, faithful
Uj bi wafd, without faith, faithless
ju^*l U nd ummid, of no hope, hopeless
Jjic ^ kam dkl, of little sense, stupid
kambahd, low-priced
<OLe*& hdm-kMndh, living in the same house
ham-dam, breathing together, i.e.
very intimate
 OP SYNTAX. 63

CHAPTER X.

OF SYNTAX,

The construction of sentences in Persian is, for the

most part, extremely simple ; more so, perhaps, than
in any other language..
With regard to the collocation of words in a sen
tence, as a general rule, the nominative comes first,
then the object or complement, and lastly the verb ; as,
l^wiIlS iJ^!t,^ dihkdnl bdgM. ddsht, 'a husband
man had a garden:' and the same order holds good
if the nominative have a qualifying phrase attached to
it, and the object be compounded of several words, as,
if Jlfi Uij^ uV^ f^Jl
musa dlaihi al-saldm bd-Mkmat-ijahdn-dfrin ikrdr kard,
' Moses, (blessing be upon him !) acknowledged the wis
dom of the Creator of the universe,' lit. 'Mose^, (upon
him be blessing !) to the wisdom of the World-Creator
confession made.'
Adjectives are generally placed after the nouns which
they qualify, but they sometimes precede them, par
ticularly in poetry, in which case the izdfat is omitted,
 G4 PEJiSIAN GJiAMMAB.

as, (<a^~, j\ ufox? far,'iz^n ffaiihar az

durj-i shdhi, 'a shining gem from the royal casket,'
instead of ^jjj* j&y* gauhar-i faruzan.'
When an adjective is in apposition to a noun, it may
either precede or follow it, indifferently, as, y" jjj
i^v^-»J_p- padar-i tii mard-i Wiibwt, thy father is a
good man,' or c^mjJ^ l-rJy^ y padar-i tu JJtub
mardist. The adjective may even be placed after the
verb, as, ^Sjj> ^JiJ landan shahr'ut
bisydr buzurg, ' London is a very large city.' Arabic
adjectives, however, ought not to precede the noun,
though it is admissible to place them after the verb, as,
Ji„j^ '*z-~>*>iij* y ^y tiaiikar-i tii mardist sfiarir,' thy
servant is a bad man, or t^w^J^i li^ y j*y, but
not C' .vMiiif* j'„jZ, y J'y -

CONCORD OF VERBS.
The agreement of verb3 with their nominative cases
in Persian is liable to the same exceptions in point of
number, as in Greek, as well as a few others which are
peculiar to the Persian language.
1. Neuter plurals and collective nouns, referring to
inanimate objects, take the verb in the singular, as,
J\ jU—j yL; £j\y fawd'id-i safar bisydr ast, ' the
 COXCOBD OF VERBS. 65

advantages of travelling are (is) many;'

Jol J kdrhd ba-sabr bar-dyad, ' Undertakings succeed
(succeeds) by patience.'
If the collective noun refer to persons, the verb is
generally in the plural, as, oJl>UiS' l*£»- hukamd
guft&h-and, ' Wise men have said.'
2. Two or more neuter verbs generally take a
singular verb, as, c^-jl J^2^ ..J-*'* j*~> jJ jj J
dm u s&r dar safar mdhal-i khatar ast, ' Gold and silver
are dangerous when on a journey.'
To this rule there are some exceptions : thus Saadi,
in the Preface to the ' Gulistan,' says, • <t» j jb j ji\
Jul j£ jJ <Xwi>jy>- abr ii bdd u mah u khurshid dar
kdr and, ' Clouds and wind, and moon and sun, are
employed. In this example, however, we ma}- consider
the ' clouds,' ' sun,' etc., to be spoken of as persons by
the figure prosopopcea.
3. The cardinal numbers require a noun in the sin
gular ; but the verb which follows is sometimes singular
and sometimes plural, though more usually the latter,
particularly if the noun refers to rational beings : e.g.

du lcas dushman-i mulli ii din and :

pddishdh bi hilm u zdhid bi Um.
5
66 PERSIAN GRAMICAE.

' Two persons are enemies (lit. two person are enemy) of
the kingdom and the Faith ; a king without clemency,
and a devotee without wisdom.'

shesh hazdr asp kushtah shud

' Six thousand horses (horse) were (was) killed.'
If the noun is in apposition to a cardinal number, it
is used in the plural, and generally precedes the number, as
>XiJ^ nuwdan du hazdr budand,
' The men were two thousand.'
4. j& Mr, 'every,' and <UJ& ham&h, 'all,' both take
the noun in the singular, and the former the verb also,
but the latter requires the verb in the plural, as <UJS
Ju I yJs ham&h Ms dmadand, ' All the people came.'
Sometimes, in speaking of exalted personages, such as
kings or prophets, the plural verb is used instead of the
singular, as a mark of respect :—Ex. J^J iLi>jb j*\
<AijL^i ag&r pddishdh kabiil farmdyand, ' If the king
wishes' (J>ijL^i instead of AiViji).
The opposite figure, viz., the singular verb with a
plural noun, is now and then to be met with in poetry,
as, ol; iji UUtiljlj Jj ^j-Ai^Jfc ^l 1]
ald ai hamnishin-i dil kih ydrdnat biraft as ydd,
' O friend of my heart ; [thou] whose friends have (lit.,
has) gone from thy memory' {^-^ij for
 OF THE GENITIVE CASE. 67

OF THE GENITIYE CASE.

The genitive case in Persian is employed in a variety
of manners, of which the following are the principal :—
1. To express possession, as, Joj ^**J\ asp-i zaid,
'the horse of Zaid' (Zaid's horse); liy»j^J^i kitdb-i
mard, ' the man's book.'
2. The material of which anything is composed is
put in the genitive, jthatam-i zar, 'a signet
of gold ;' ^lc takht-i ddj, ' a throne of ivory.'
3. The genitive sometimes expresses the place in
which something is done, as, ^s^* jUj namdz-i
masjid, ' the prayers of the mosque,' i.e, prayers per
formed in the mosque.
4. Adjectives, as has been already mentioned, are
constructed with substantives in the genitive case, and
the same rule applies to all qualifying epithets and
phrases ; for no matter of how many words they may
be compounded, the noun immediately preceding them
takes the ndfat, as, l^-gT sliJu pddishdh-i
tafM-nishin, 'The king who sits on the throne;' J J
^jljJ^LiJjl dil-i az dmyd girizdn, 'A heart flying
from the world;'' I j ^^sr1 pLo- hakim-i
tukhan bdr zabdn dfrin, ' The Omniscient who endows
the tongue with speech.'
68 PEBSIAK GIUMMAB.

5. The names of places, rivers, etc., are placed after

the words ' city,' ' town,' etc., with the izdfat between
them, as j^j nahr-ifardt, 'the river Euphrates,'
(lit., 'the river'of Euphrates.')
6. When two or more epithets refer to the same
noun, the izdfat often supplies the place of the con
junction j, as jV. ydr-i gulizdr-i
shirin sukhan, ' A mistress with rosy cheeks and honied
discourse.'
7. Two nouns in very common use, viz.,
sdhib, which means literally ' a companion, or master^' 1
and hence a possessor of, or endowed with, anything;
and j~i sdr, 'the head,' 'top,' 'extremity,' etc., gener
ally omit the izdfat when in construction with nouns,
as,
JU i^o-Le sdhib mil, ' A possessor of wealth, a rich
man.'
j*&. i»_-o-Le sdhib hunar, 'A possessor of skill, skilful.'
<u-£i^- j~, sdr chashmah, 'The fountain-head, or
source of a spring.'
<oL» y-j sdr mdyah, ' The source of wealth,' i.e.,
' capital.'

1 i, is commonly employed by servants, in addressing

their masters, as a title of respect equivalent to ' Sir.'
 OP THE DATIVE CASE. 69

OF THE DATIVE CASE.

1. Verbs of 'giving,' 'addressing,' 'obeying,' etc.,

govern the dative, as,
l^jlj^lis urd Tiitdbi dddam, 'I gave him a book.'
zaid-rd guftam, 'I said to Zaid.'
2. When, after a verb which governs both the accu
sative and dative cases, the particle 1 , is necessarily
added to form the accusative case (vide the following
section), the dative must be formed by means of the
preposition i: b&h, as, sSi ^aj \j jdm-rd ba-man
bi-dih, ' give me the cup.'
3. In sentences where possession is implied, the
dative is often used instead of the genitive, as
zatd-rd stir, 'Zaid's head' (lit., 'the head to Zai'd;')
Jy isij vj^-wjJ j\ J J ^^5^ y«ki-rd dil az dast
raft&h bud, 'a certain person had lost his heart' (lit.,
'to a certain person the heart was gone out of the
hand.'

OF THE ACCUSATIVE CASE.

The use of the particle \j rd, as the sign of the

Accusative case, is very peculiar in Persian, and has
not, I think, been explained with sufficient clearness
70 PEESIAN GBAMMAK.

by any of the Grammarians who have preceded me ;

because, although their observations on this point are
correct in general, they have neglected to distinguish
accurately the different classes of nouns, and the
different ways in which a noun may be employed. I
shall therefore bring forward, though with some diffi
dence, the result of my own experience on this point,
and should my views prove in any way erroneous, I
trust that some more able Orientalist will correct
them.
All nouns may be summarily divided into two
classes, viz. Generic and Specific. To the latter class
belong proper names, the names of places, of the seasons,
and a few others, all of which are in their very nature
definite, and cannot be used otherwise save by a figure
of speech, as for example when we speak of a Shakes
peare, a Newton, etc.
Generic nouns, however, may be used in three ways,
viz., Definitely, Indefinitely, and Generically; thus,
we may either say ' the man,' ' the bird ' a man,' a
bird or simply ' bird,' ' man,' with reference to the
entire species. "When a noun in Persian is the im
mediate object of a transitive verb, the form of the
accusative case depends upon the manner in which the
 OF THE ACCUSATIVE CASE. 71

noun is employed, as will be seen by a reference to the

following rules :—
1. When a noun occurs in the Indefinite form, the
particle \j is omitted, unless its omission would give
rise to any ambiguity, as Owilj i_j^V ti^4"^ dihkdni
bdgM ddsht, ' a villager had a garden ': here there can
be no doubt as to which is the nominative ; but in a
sentence such as <jz~1S6 \j^jJi> lS^j-* mardi shiri-rd
ktisht, ' a man killed a lion,' the \j must be added ;
because, although the order of the words favours the
translation given, they might also mean, ' a lion killed
a man.' Frequently the meaning of a sentence is
rendered clear by accompanying circumstances, in which
case the 1j is omitted, although the nature of the verb
is such that it might apply equally to the nominative
or accusative. Thus to say simply Joo l_y^J
zdgM saiyddi did, ('a crow saw a fowler,') would be
ambiguous, because it is just as probable that the
fowler should have seen the crow ; but in the ' Anvar-i
Suhaili,' whence this example is taken, the sentence
runs as follows : 'a crow,'—'was sitting in the
branches of a tree, and looking about '—etc. ' when '
Ifli \i ' suddenly ' Jj J t^l~s ' he saw a fowler.'
2. When a noun is used Definitely, the \j must be
72 PERSIAN GBAMMAB.

added, as <*z^Ji£ mard shir-ra kusht, ' the

man killed the lion.' I have purposely chosen this
example, which occurs in most Persian Grammars,
because I wish to point out that the insertion of the \j
in this and all similar instances, is not, as is sometimes
erroneously stated, merely for the purpose of re
moving ambiguity, but is a point of Grammar ; for it
is as unidiomatic to say in Persian l^wlo jJ* lij*
as it would be in English to say, 'the man killed
lion.'
3. When, however, a Generic noun is used gene-
rically, the \j must be omitted, as in this proverb from
the 'Gulistan': Aij k) ^j&b j £j\ jo dar
drad tamd murgh. ii mdhi bah band, ' Greediness brings
both bird and fish into the net.' In English we fre
quently prefix the definite article to a noun used
generically, without in any way altering the sense ;
thus in the phrases, ' to exchange the sword for the
pen,' ' to fill the goblet ' (in a bacchanalian song), the
words 'sword,' 'pen,' 'goblet,' are not definite, al
though preceded by ' the,' but generic. In Persian the
\j is equivalent to the definite article used definitely>
and is therefore omitted after generic nouns. But if a
noun is in construction with the relative t£ , the
 OF THE ACCUSATIVE CASE.

Persians consider it as definite, and the \j must be

added: as, ^|•b- ic-wila "^r^T <^ lS^J*" ^fi
bi-d kih ayindh sdfdst jdm-rd, ' Bring, O Sufi, the cup
which is pure as a mirror ' (Hafiz).
4. Specific nouns take the \j as, oj ^jj*^ ^.j ^aid
dmr-rd zad, 'Zaid struck Omar.'
5. When Indefinite nouns occur at the commence
ment of a sentence, in what may be termed the ac
cusative absolute—i.e., an accusative of which we should
say in Latin that it was governed by the preposition
quoad or secundum understood—the l , is always added,
as, tXii£ lj^B>\JZ> iAi pddishdhi-rd hikdyat
hmand, 'They tell the story of a certain king,'
j»l sii^J^i ddrweshi-rd shunidah-am,' I have
heard of a darwesh,' etc. In such cases, even if the verb
is one which governs the noun directly, the \j is
usually added, as j»Jo<J lJi-S^j^i pdrsdi-rd didam, ' I
saw a holy man,' etc.; in which example it may be
noted that, without the \j , the words might possibly
signify ' a holy man saw me.' Sometimes the \j is
omitted, as j»^lo LS%ij rafiki ddshtam, 'l had a
companion.' It may be observed here that the stories
in the ' Gulistan ' very often commence with an ac
cusative of this sort ; whereas in the 'Anvar-i Suhaili '
the beginning of a tale is usually <o Jo' s I dwarddh
 74 PBBSIAN GBAMMAS.

and kih, ' They have related that,' and the accusative
absolute is seldom or never employed.
6. In the case of compound verbs, such as
(^jo^ , etc., the lj is never added to the noun.
* Note.—In Ouseley's edition of the ' Anvar-i Suhaili,'
Chap. iii. Story 1, page 212, line 8 from the bottom,
we read, ijl^J i_ije j jLX-j ^fy&i 'the
pigeons altogether laying aside caution,' etc., where I
Buspect that the \j after is not quite idiomatic,
especially as one of the best MSS. omits it.
7. The pronouns, and the Arabic word fuldn,
' such a one ' (6 Beiva) always require the \j , as
*Jo J \j> tu-ra didam, 'I saw thee.' The pronomi
nal suffixes, on the contrary, reject the \j , as ^JuMss
guftam-dsh, ' I said to him.' Sometimes, however, the
\j is added, as in this example from Firdusfs ' Shah-
Namah ': l^S^iLuJ jIj f^J^ J ^l~J u dirham
did lashkar-ash-rd, ' He (Darius) gave arms and money
to his army.' 1
8. When the \j is the sign of the dative case, it must
never be omitted. ( Fide preceding section).
1 This passage may be cited in support of the reading adopted
by Prof. East-wick in his edition of the ' Gulistan ' Book iii. Stray 8 :

' One of the sages prohibited his son from eating too much.'
 OF THE ACCUSATIVE CASE. 75

9. When a noun requiring the \j is in construction

with another noun, an adjective, or a compound epithet,
the \j is not joined to the noun itself, but is placed
after the second noun or adjective, or the last word of
the epithet, as Aisi^ U^«&>- ^Uii! lukmdn-i hakim-rd
guftand, ' they said to Lokman the wise.
The same rule holds good if two or more nouns are
joined together by a conjunction, as 1* l^-~»Ai-
\j^ssTj j j khidmat-i md bi-rasan sarv
u gul u rihdn-ra, ' Salute for me (Jit. convey our ser
vice to) the cypress, the rose, and the sweet basil.'
Sometimes the \j is even placed after an entire
phrase (usually an Arabic one) which occurs in appo
sition to the noun, as <~Afkr <d!l ^s.
j»jL,t> dVi, raziyu-l-ldh dnhu-rd bd-kh'db didam, ' I saw
'Ah' (may Allah be pleased with him !) in a dream.'
But when an adjective is placed in apposition to a
noun, the \j is added immediately to the noun, as
^Jo J izLd- zdlimi-rd khuftdh didam, 'i saw
a tyrant asleep.' 1

1 In the earlier Persian writers, the accusative is formed by

prefixing the particlej* mar to the noun, and adding the \j, as,
j»^£*^ bliii J* mar 'an-rd didam, ' I saw the woman.'
76 PEB8IAN GBAMMAB.

OF PRONOTJNS.

The Pronominal Suffixes are often a cause of em

barrassment to the learner, not only because it is not
always easy to decide at first sight whether they are
meant for possessive pronouns or oblique cases, but
because they are frequently joined to some word in the
sentence to which they do not properly belong : e.g.

kih td b&r fabrii mdh ii IdiiirMM 1 h&st

dar in daftarat zilir-i jdwidl 1 hast
' For, as long as the sun and moon remain in the
heavens, thy memory shall remain eternal in this book.'
Here the dJ- at refers toJsJ , though it may also be
taken as the dative case, and the words translated, ' an
eternal monument will remain to thee in this book.'
Neither of these translations are so obvious as that of
' thy book,' which would make nonsense, although iZJjiiJ

1 The ' l ' is inserted in pronunciation metri causa.

 OF PBONOUNS. 77

would naturally bear this meaning, if it were unaccom

panied by other words.
When the noun to which the pronominal suffix be
longs is in construction with an adjective, the suffix is
usually added to the adjective, as, CLyijn jAS. timr-i
dzh-at, thy precious life,' for yjjjc jAA Amr-i dzk-i tu.
fJm1\1s» ^ji j j\fr~> \-Z>y>- khdshd shirdz u wazd
bi misdlash, '0 happy Shiraz and its unrivalled site!'
where the ^>- ash is placed after the compound adjec
tive Jli~j ^j> ' without an equal.'
The reflective pronoun self,' is generally
used to supply the place of the possessive pronouns in
those cases where the antecedent noun, or pronoun, and
the possessive pronoun, refer to the same person :—Ex.
^~s-.jjS «A ^ man asp-i kMd-rd
Midham fariilM, 'I shall sell my horse;' &lei» JJj
j Ju5>l^i. )j>iy>- zaul khdn&h-i khud-rd kh'dhad
fariikht, ' Zaid will sell his house.'
The words Jkis«- chand, ' many,' Joi J digar, ' other,'
JUJS hamtih, ' all,' may either precede or follow the
nouns to whieh they belong. In the former case the
izdfat is omitted, as, jfj chand ruz, or j^j
ruz-i chand, many days.'
78 PERSIAN GBA1IMAB.

OF TENSES.

The employment of some of the Tenses in Persian

requires a few observations.
1. After verbs signifying ' to command,' 'to order,'
etc., the Perfect tense is often used to imply that the
order given was immediately carried out, as

pddishdh farmud td iird dar zinddn nihddand

' The king gave orders to put him in prison, [and they
put him there].'

hakim farmud td ghuldm-ra bddaryd anddkhtand

' The sage commanded that they should throw the boy
into the sea [and they threw him in].' 1
But if the fulfilment of the order was not immediate,
and the circumstances attending its execution are about
to be detailed in a subsequent part of the narrative,
the Present Subjunctive is used, as may be seen in the
extract from the ' Gulistan,' hereafter given, where the

1 These phrases may also be explained by considering the ^

as equivalent to ' so that '; in which case the translation would run,
' he commanded, so that they threw,' etc.
 OF TENSES. 79

sentence Jtii£ t^>c-j\*2s$ i!> U-farmiid kih

musdrdat kunand, ' (the king) commanded them to
wrestle,' is followed by an account of the wrestling
match, and the verb is therefore placed in the
present tense. In the same tale, a little further on, an
example of the preterite occurs, viz. :

' He gave orders so that they bestowed a robe of honor

and a reward on the master.'
2. In narration, when, after a verb in the preterite,
a second verb occurs, which in English would also be
naturally in a past tense, the Persians employ the
present or aorist, as :

palang bach&h did kih tdkat-i mukdwcmat naddrad,

' The young tiger saw that he has not the power of
resisting.'
Similarly, in recounting a conversation, the Persians
always make use of the dramatic style, i.e. they report
the very words of the speaker, as

Hdtim urd guft kih nakh'dham Hdtrd,

' Hatim told her that he would not eat ' {lit. Hatim
said to her thus, ' I will not eat ').
 80 PEBSIAN GBAMJIAB.

3. It has been stated that the verbs ^^Ji^i- kh'dstan,

' to wish,' l^ji+uj\y tuwdnistan, ' to be able,' and one or
two others, take after them the apocopated form of the
infinitive ; but if the infinitive and its governing verb
are separated by an intervening clause, the full form is
generally employed, as, jJ JjLU IjL» ^j»:j>-
CT^" liT^*"" L?*~^ J=T abndi
jins-i mdrd ndshdyad dar hazrat-i pddishdhdn juz bd-
rasti sukhan guftan, ' It does not become persons of our
sort, in the presence of kings, to speak other than the
truth.' (^fj£— Jol&J ndshdyad—guftan). Also if
the infinitive precede the governing verb, it is usually
in the full form.
4. Frequently, after the above-mentioned verbs the
present subjunctive, with the particle &£, either expressed
or understood, is used instead of the infinitive, as,
Atj> ^^2£V» rnlWdham kih birawam, ' I wish to
go;' j*^^? * Jo Li shdyad kih bikh'dnam, 'it is
proper that I should read' (I must read).
Sometimes this construction is necessary to prevent
ambiguity, thus, Jj Job \jj turd bdyad sad, might
either stand for ^jji \ji t£ Job bdyad kih turd bizanam,
' I must strike you,' or ^jji is Job bdyad kih bizam,
' You must strike.'
5. The infinitive is frequently used as a verbal noun,
 OF ADVKBBS. 81

in which case the noun which follows is placsd iD

the genitive, as,

az dmadan-i bahdr az raftan-i dai

aurdk-i haydt-i rnd migardad tai
' By the arrival of Spring and the departure of Winter,
the leaves of our lives are folded,' i.e., 'come to an end.'
[lit., ' by the coming' and ' the going,' etc.)

OF ADVERBS.

In general there is nothing in the employment of

adverbs in Persian which requires explanation ; but the
use of the word bds, 'only, 'enough,' etc., is rather
peculiar, as will be seen from the following examples :

man yakbdr bddidandsh raftam wa bds

' I went to see him only once,' lit., 'I went to see him
once, and only ' ; or, as we might say in English, ' and
that was all' ;

u du sddt bd man bud wa bds

'He was with me only two hours.'
6
82 PEBSIAN GRAMMAR.

Sometimes j signifies ' and that is enough, or suffi

cient.' When prefixed to nouns, generally means
' many.'
In conclusion we may remark that Arabic phrases,
principally epithets, are often introduced into Persian,
and when in construction with another noun, are re
garded merely as adjectives:—Ex. ^jjjiill j»JjS
mard-i karhn-al-nafs, ' A man of liberal soul' {lit.,
'liberal as to the soul'). J p'.'*^^ f)^ i-r^
kitab-i ldzim al-takdim wa al-takrim, ' The Book which
is worthy of precedence and honor,' i.e., the Koran.
 NEW PLAN
FOE FACILITATING

THE STUDY OF LANGUAGES ;

WITH SPECIMENS IN

ARABIC, ARMENIAN, BENGALI', GREEK, GEORGIAN

HINDUSTANf, HEBREW, LATIN, PERSIAN, RUSSIAN,
SANSKRIT, SWEDISH, SYRIAC, AND TURKISH.
 A NEW PLAN

FOB FACILITATING

THE STUDY OF LANGUAGES.

What student of languages is there who has not

often wished for a magic dictionary, which would open
of itself at the word he was in search of, and point out
the meaning required ? On the other hand, who has
not been wearied and disgusted at the slow process of
word-hunting, which must be carried on for weeks and
months, before a language can be acquired, in even a
very moderate degree, and become almost ready to
throw aside a pursuit so tedious and laborious ?
Before proceeding to point out a system by which the
greater part of the toil expended in acquiring a foreign
tongue may be saved, it will be necessary to make a
few observations on the methods of studying languages
as they at present exist. These methods may be sum
marily divided into two classes, viz. : 1. the dictionary
4 A NEW PLAN FOR FACILITATING

process ; 2. the Hamiltonian system.1 All other sys

tems partake, more or less, of these two methods, and
may be considered as modifications of them. Now,
with regard to the dictionary process, I grant that it
ensures accuracy in the end, but the waste of time
and labor it entails is enormous, for what with
turning over the pages, hunting among half-a-dozen
meanings for the right one, forgetting it while you
are searching for the next word, and, consequently,
being obliged to repeat the process ; at least two-thirds
of the time you imagine you axe spending in study,
you are in reality throwing away upon mere manual
labor, which never was and never can be of the
smallest assistance to any one in mastering a language.
Moreover, until a person has acquired a considerable
knowledge of a language, he will be quite unable to
make any progress with the help of the dictionary
alone, but will need a translation ; and although trans
lations are not to be despised, yet they have more or
less of an injurious effect, particularly in seducing the
learner to read the story first in English, whereby his
interest in the original is half destroyed. Those who
1 Mr. Falck Lebahn's system for German deserves separate
notice, as it approaches nearer to my own than any other.
 THE STUDY OP LANGUAGES. 5

are unaccustomed to the study of languages may perhaps

wonder how it is that, in spite of the best dictionaries
and grammars, a beginner may pore for hours over a
single page and not understand above half of it after
all; but besides the differences of idiom which the
lexicon cannot always explain, the variety of meanings
of which most words are susceptible is a cause of the
most serious embarrassment, not only to the mere
beginner, but even to the more advanced scholar. To
exemplify this by an extremely moderate instance,
there are few words (especially in Greek, Latin, Arabic,
Persian, or Sanskrit) which have not at least three
different significations; and it must be a very simple
sentence of which you can determine the meaning
without carrying four words in your head at once.
Suppose, then, that the first meaning of each word
happens to make no sense, as is frequently the case ;
you must not only burden your memory with twelve
different meanings (for of course you cannot tell which
of them may be wanted), but, since the four words
may combine with one another in any possible manner,
you will have no less than eighty-one distinct com
binations, either of which may be the right one, and
I need hardly say that your chance of lighting upon it
6 A NEW PLAN FOB FACILITATING

is a very small one. I have purposely selected a very

moderate example, lest I should be accused of proving
too much ; but, in point of fact, there are a great
many words with ten meanings, and even more, and
whenever one of these occurs, the difficulties of trans
lation are proportionately increased. So much for the
dictionary process.
The Hamiltonian and other cognate systems cer
tainly possess an advantage, viz. : that of speed ; but
unfortunately they are liable to the grave charge of
inaccuracy, in more ways than one; for not only do
they leave the student in ignorance of gender, declen
sion, and conjugation, but they fail to distinguish
between the original or root meaning of a word, and
the sense it may happen to bear in the particular
passage where it occurs;—a very important point in
a philological point of view. To cite a single instance,
the Latin verb fero means properly ' to bear or carry,' but
it very often occurs in the sense of ' to relate' (besides
other meanings) : —now, if the learner finds sometimes
one meaning and sometimes the other, and sometimes a
third or fourth, he will be wholly unable to say which
is the primary and which the secondary meaning of the
word, and must have recourse to a dictionary after all.
 I
THE STUDY OP LANGUAGES. 7

It appears, then, that, on the one hand, the dictionary

process is slow and tedious in the extreme (more es
pecially in the case of languages like Sanskrit and
Turkish, the peculiarity of whose alphabets occasions
the student to waste double the ordinary time in
searching for words during at least the first six months
of his progress), and on the other, that the Hamiltonian
system, though more expeditious, is inaccurate. The
problem, therefore, is to find a system which shall
be at once accurate and speedy ; and the following plan
will be found to fulfil both requisitions :—
Let the text of the foreign language be printed on
one page, and on the opposite page let there be a
dictionary of all the words contained in the text ;
the plan of the dictionary to be this :—First, the root
meaning of each word to be given, and next the
meaning which is required to make sense in the par
ticular passage where the word occurs. If this be
properly done, you have really and truly a 'Magic
Dictionary ; ' i.e., one which opens at the word you
require, and tells you not only its original meaning,
but also the signification it bears in the passage before
you. I confidently assert that, in this manner, the
study of languages may be rendered at once easy and
8 A NEW PLAN FOE FACILITATING

attractive, and that the learner, instead of being dis

heartened by finding a stumbling-block in every other
line, will be able ,to read almost any book with both
pleasure and profit.
Let no one imagine that this method is too easy,
and therefore apt to engender carelessness in the
student;—on the contrary, it will be found to stimu
late his interest; and, by relieving him from the manual
labour of turning over the leaves of a dictionary, and
the subsequent embarrassment occasioned by having
to select one meaning out of a dozen, at hap-hazard,
it will enable him to bestow his undivided attention
on the grammatical construction of the passage before
him,—a most important point in the study of languages.
In the case of Latin—or any other language in which
the order of the words differs very widely from what it
would be in English—the vocabulary may be arranged
(at least for beginners) in the order required for trans
lating ; and this plan is greatly superior to the old one
of printing the entire text in the proper order, side by
side with the original; because the learner is apt to
dwell too long upon the artificial order, and acquire
a false idiom, particularly when he comes to write the
language ; whereas the mere looking at the uninflected
 THE STUDY Or LANGUAGES. 9

forms of the words in a vocabulary, can do him no

harm whatever. Grammatical notes may also be added
when absolutely necessary, ; but these, I think, should
be used sparingly, and in such a manner as rather to
call the attention of the pupil to some peculiarity of
construction, than to encumber him with a load of
rules. Although, to reap the full advantages of my
system, it would be desirable that the complete works
of several authors in each language should be printed
with the interleaved dictionary prepared on the plan
laid down ; yet as this would be a work requiring much
time and labor, it may be advisable to point out certain
selections which might be made in the different lan
guages, calculated to furnish the student with an
extensive supply of words ; and to do this we must
examine a little into what may be termed the Statistics
of language. As a general rule, when you are thoroughly
acquainted with ten thousand words of a language,
you can read any book in it with only occasional
reference to a dictionary. Arabic, Persian, and Ger
man, from their extreme copiousness, are, perhaps, ex
ceptions, but in most cases the rule holds good. In
Latin, for example, the entire writings of Virgil only
contain about seven thousand different words, and
10 A NEW PLAN FOB FACILITATING

those of Horace a similar number; though, owing to

the great diversity between their respective subjects,
Horace has about one thousand words which are not
met with in Virgil, and vice versd. Thus, with eight
thousand words, a man may read both these authors ;
and it is evident that with two thousand words more
he would be able to peruse almost any Latin book.
For a Latin Chrestomathy, I would therefore advise
the selection of the ' Georgics,' and the first six books
of the ' JEneii,' together with a few Odes and one or
two Satires from Horace, a book of Livy, and another
of Tacitus, and perhaps one of Plautus' plays. In
Greek, the selection is somewhat more difficult, because
authors in that language vary greatly from each other,
not only in choice of words, but also in dialect;
insomuch that a student who was well acquainted with
Xenophon only, would scarcely be able to read six
lines of Theocritus. However, the following would
be found to furnish him with a very copious vocabulary,
vis. : three books of the ' Iliad,' one book each of
Herodotus and Thucydides, a tragedy of Sophocles, a
comedy of Aristophanes, with one of Plato's ' Dialogues,'
and a couple of Idyls from Theocritus.
I do not hesitate to affirm, that if two such Chres
 THE STUDY OF LANGUAGES. 11

tomathies as the above were prepared by competent

Professors, any person of average capacity might obtain
a better knowledge of Greek and Latin by carefully
studying them for one year, than he would acquire in
three years on the old plan.
As to the modern languages of Europe, the standard
writers in each are so well known that it would be
superfluous to mention their names ; and any one
desirous of compiling a Chrestomathy, whether in
German, Italian, or Spanish, will be at no loss how to
make a useful selection. In illustration of the ad
vantages of the interpaged dictionary, we may observe,
with regard to Swedish, that it is a language so ex
tremely simple, both in its inflexions and construction,
that any one wishing to acquire it might commence
at once with one of Miss Bremer's novels, merely
taking care to have a grammar by his side ; and if, to
ascertain the meanings of the words, he had only to
glance from page to page, the study would be no more
than an agreeable pastime ; whereas, on the contrary,
to be interrupted full fifty times in every page by a
long and tedious search through a lexicon, is enough
to exhaust the patience of the most zealous linguist, as
it certainly prevents him from enjoying the narrative.
12 A NEW PLAN FOB FACILITATING

But it is more especially in the case of the Oriental

languages that the system above-mentioned will be
found of material aid to the learner. Greek and Latin,
French and German, and so forth, are taught at almost
all the schools and colleges, and when books are at
fault, the student can obtain the required explanation
from either his master, professor, or tutor, as the case
may be ; while, on the contrary, there may be said to
be literally no professors of the Eastern tongues,
because the very few men who are thoroughly com
petent to teach them have plenty of other avocations.
Only those who have tried to master an Oriental dialect
by means of a dictionary and grammar alone, can
appreciate the difficulty and drudgery of such a task ;
and now that the necessity of studying the languages
of the East is beooming daily more and more urgent,
it is extremely desirable that books should be prepared
whioh would enable students to become their own
instructors. Orientalists may, perhaps, be divided in
their opinions as to the precise nature of the selections
which it would be best to make in the respective
languages, but in lieu of better 1 would propose the
following :—
In Persian.—One book of ' Hatim Ta'i,' the first
 THE STUDY OF LANGUAGES. 13

two books of the ' Anvar-i SuhaiH,' two books of the

' Gulistan,' and a few hundred lines from Firdusi's
' Shah-Mmah.'
In Turkish.—About a third of the ' Forty Vazirs,'
a book of the 'Humayun-Nameh,' a few stories from
the Turkish version of the ' Arabian Nights,' and part
of the ' Tuti-Nameh.' 1 A Treaty or two might be
added with great advantage.
In Ahabic.—Selections from the ' Alif-Laila ' or
' Arabian Nights,' the ' Fakihatu-l-Khulufa,' and the
' Ikhwanu-s-Safa.' For more advanced students, a
second Chrestomathy might be prepared from the
' Makamat ' of Hariri, and the Arabic historians,
grammarians, and poets.
In Sanskrit.—The whole of the ' Hitopadesa,' to
gether with selections from the ' Hahabharata.' Both
these works have already been published with excel
lent vocabularies, and the trouble of interpaging them
would be very slight. *
In Hindustani.—The 'Bagh o Bahar,' is already
published with a vocabulary, which only requires to

1 The Turkish version of this well-known little book is much fuller

than the one in Persian, and appears to have been made directly
from the Arabic original.
14 A NEW PLAN FOK FACILITATING

be interpaged. The story of ' Kamrup ' might be added,

together with selections from Wali, and one or two
other writers.
It is not intended that this plan should wholly
supersede the dictionary ; on the contrary, lexicons are
always of material service to the advanced scholar, who
may be desirous of examining into every shade of
meaning borne by some particular word ; and there are
certain words in every language which require a whole
page each to explain their numerous significations;
such as, for instance, the particle ical, in Greek, and
the word j», sar in Persian. Whenever a word of this
sort occurs, it would be advisable to call the attention
of the learner to it by adding the phrase ' vide Lexicon '
after the meanings given in the vocabulary. The dili
gent student might then consult the lexicon with great
advantage.
It only remains for me now to notice an objection
•which has been made to my system, viz., that it in
volves much needless repetition. ' What ? ' I have
heard it said, ' Print every word over and over again ;
why, you will never have done!' Really this objec
tion is almost too frivolous to merit a reply, for how
can that repetition be termed needless which effects the
 THE STUDY OF LANGUAGES. 15

object aimed at, namely, the imparting a speedy and

accurate knowledge of a language ? Of course it would
not be necessary to repeat the very common words,
such as the conjunction 'and,' the verb 'to be,' etc.,
every time they occurred; but it should be remem
bered that few men, save those of extraordinary powers
of memory, can remember a word by looking it out
only once, and hence the ingratum opus of word-hunting
is rendered doubly unpleasant. I do not assert that
my system is quite perfect,—no doubt improvements
may hereafter be made in it, but I can at least affirm
that I have never met with a better one, and I
therefore conclude these remarks with the oft-quoted
proverb—
' Si quod novisti rectius istis,
Candidus imperti ; si non, his utere mecum.'
Annexed are specimens of the plan in fourteen languages,
which have been purposely selected as differing ex
tremely from each other in character and structure,
and thus affording proof of the adaptability of the new
system to every language. To render the specimens
more complete, translations are also given.

7
 16 A NEW PLAN FOB FACILITATING
ARABIC.
[text.]

j ,i->!^ DA] uj<^ n?A* »jhs Dv]

[literal translation.]
[Reposing] on couches adorned with jewels and gold ;
reclining on them face to face [with one another] ;
youths, perpetually blooming shall go round about to
attend them with goblets and beakers, and a cup of
flowing wine : their heads shall not ache by drinking
[vocabulary.]
iLc dld, It was lofty. ^Lc takka, He was weak
dle!, prep. Upon. in mind. *l£>' takka-a,
j»> sarra, He made joyful. One who reclines much.
sarir, A throne or j^jiiLt muttaki, Reclining.
couch : pi.jj* surur. ^s- dVa, Upon. (v. suprd)
*Lij wadha-a, He excelled
lfc hd, aff.pron. Her; them.
in cleanliness. &yiy*
maudhiinat, Worked with (J-j kabala, He accepted;
gems and gold. vi. They met one another.
 THE STUDY OF LANGUAGES.
JjUi* mutakdbil, Op
posite, face to face.
> ills tdfa, He went round
about. (met. To go about
and wait on.) <_Jjk,fut.
L5Ic dla', Above, upon. (v.
" suprd.)
p& hum (pi. of ,j£> ) aff. pr.
They, them.
jjj walada, She brought
forth. ^jJj wilddn (pi.
of jJj) Sons, boys.
khaldda,He was eternal
jls-* mukhallad, Eter
nal ; eternally young.
t_j bi, insep. prep. With.
<—>l£ kdba, He drank out of
a cup called <-r>j£ kub.
i_>lj£l pi. Cups, goblets.
j wa, And.
>jj> baraka, It lightened.
(Jjji\ abrik, A bright
sword; a goblet.
pi., goblets.
A cup contain
ing wine ; wine.
y min, prep. From, of.
17
^It ddna, It flowed. jj-**
«idi», Flowing.
S &i, Not.
cJu« sadda, He split. II.
He had the headache.
^6 d»,From, on account of.
Ik M,aff.pr. Her,it (y.swp.)
j w«, And. t ld, Not.
nazafa, He exhausted
(the well) ; his reason
was disturbed ; or, he
was drunk.
iSj faUha, He was very
joyful. <Uili fdkihatun.
Fruit.
U»» mimmd (^ »»i'» and
U ?»d ) From, or of,
what (sort).
khara, He became the
possessor of good. v. He
chose.
I*s) lahama, He eat flesh.
lahmun, Flesh.
j Us tara, He flew. ^J?
tairun, A bird.
mimmd, Of what (sort)
(v. suprd).
l^-i shahd. He wished tor.
vin. He desired.
18 A NEW PLAN FOB FACILITATING

ARABIC—continued.
[text.]

Q [rf] jZm \}i u. *t£ [rn

Kok'an : Sfirat Ivu, vt. 15—25.

[literal translation.]
it, neither shall their reason be disturbed: and with
fruits of the sorts which they shall choose, and the flesh
of birds of the kind which they shall desire. And
[they shall have] damsels with large black eyes, re
sembling hidden pearls, as a reward for what they shall
have wrought. They shall not hear therein [any] vain
discourse, nor [any] charge of sin ; but only the salu
tation, Peace ! Peace !
 THE STCDr OP LANGUAGES. 19
[vocabulary.]
j\s- Wr«,Hereturned. jy*. U# md, What ? that which.
hawira, The pupil of the kdna, Hewas (aux. vb.)
eye was intensely black,
and the surrounding part J^c dmila, 1. [The camel]
very white. ahwar- was active; 2.He worked
im, (A woman) having or performed.
Buch eyes; a Hurl. S ld, Not.
j^-> samida, He heard.
^le ddna, (Water) flowed.
^^s- dinun, The eye. ./^, prep. In. U Ad, aff.
CSka,A.a, like as (ins. adv.) pron. Her, it. l^J In it,
Paradise.
mathala, He made to
Ul fa^Ad, He talked. yi!
resemble. Jll*l amthdl- laghwun, Trifling, vain
m (pi. of J^») Resem- discourse.
blances : similar. Jb»*I£ athama, He accounted
like, resembling. guilty. j»JIj tdthimun,
Jl al, insep. art. The. Charging with sin.
Ms-Mi, The pearl (gene V\ illd (fori! If not;
ric noun). besides ; but only.
>js karina, He covered (a JU kdla, He said. J^ji
thing). j^y^* makniin, kilun, A word, a saying.
Hidden. I»Lj salama, 1. He tanned
\js>- jazd, 1. He conquered, [leather] with the bark
2. He compensated.
of a tree called Absal«m.
'\y>- jazd-un, A compensa
tion or reward (particu 2. |*L: salima, He was
larly in a future state). safe and sound. aS->
i—j bi, ins. prep.With, for. saldmun, Safety. Peace !
7"
20 A NEW PLAN FOR FACILITATING

AKMENIAN.
[text.]

Galipse" gayr 'i souk arnnkhitar £nt chou

f\iffiulruijt L- 2_uJpui/f-uJtJu1f'ty urn l[_£uifii PnLJ^p
'Wotiseah, yev charapasdig a? v&hdin1 tover
'htlui uibi/u&nufipijh t « ^\uipiyplb ofd-h-wh *hnpp*h
nma anma^outiun : Karayrn otevan norin woch
Ilu ^*l*ikp f[> &uyb bpif-ntj 'linputf L. Tbuitfpguiji (it-p
yevs hgncher 'i tsayn yerkotz nora, yev najishdk iur

haverj harsounk chishkhein khosel ent nma.

From an Armenian Version of Fenelon'8 ' TeUmaque'

[liTEEAL TRANSLATION.]
Calypso was inconsolable in [her] grief for the
departure of Ulysses, and sorrowfully she accounted
her immortality for an affliction. The grotto, her
abode, no longer resounded with the melody of her
songs, nor did her attendants, the nymphs, dare to
address her.

- 1 When two or more consonants come together in Armenian, a

short & (pj is sometimes inserted in the pronunciation.
2 Or jiut-fcptftu ^uipuni'hji*
 THE STUBY OF LANGUAGES. 21
[vocabulary.]
V\uifjiifiu^ Galiptd, Calypso. of3L.uA ofevan, A sleeping-
&mf_ gal, To remain, to be. place, a habitation.
"hnpflu norm, His, or her (gen.
'[i '»', At, to, in (prefixed to
nouns commencing with a of "but he, she, or it.
consonant. n£_ woch, Not, no ; n£_ L_u
unuq. souk, Mourning, grief. woch yevs, no more, no longer.
ufbJ[u[iP-putcmm1chitar,\Tiwii- ^"t^l_ henchel, To sound, to
solable. resound.
ffl"l ent, To, at, for. 'p '», At, with. [v. supra.]
inu chou, Gait, pace, departure. iiyb tsayn, Voice, sound.
[\i^[iulri-u Wotiseus, Ulysses. L-pif. yerk, A chant, a song.
L. yev, And. "bnpuM nora, Her (gen. of 4r«#.
£tuptupuiumph charapasdig, L v.yev, supra).
And (followed by a nega
Unhappily, sorrowfully. tive, nor).
iuif_ ar, At, near, with regard %t«iJ-[i^in najishd, A maid ser
to, for. vant, a female attendant.
t[Ji^a vishd, Trouble, affliction. fiLp iur, His, or her.
ii n, An affix, sometimes equiva- juiukpJ- haverj, Perpetual, im
valent to ' this ' or ' the,' and mortal.
sometimes to the possessive ^uipub harm, A bride ;
pronoun 'his,' 'her,' 'its.' juiLj^ptfuiiuipuu haverja-
p-nulr[_tovel, To number, count, harsn, a nymph.
reckon. eh, Not (negative particle pre
%Jui nma, His, or her. fixed to verbs). [dare.
uibifu/>ni-P/iub anmahoutim, p£fiibl_ ishkhel, To reign, to
Immortality. (uoulrf_ khosel, To speak.
^uipujyp karayr, A cavern, a
pi.y- ent, To.
grotto.
lr ». [v. supra.] "tiJui nma, Her (dat. of %ui).
 22 A NBW PLAN FOB FACILITATING

BENGALI.
[text.]

PiirbbO killer dhOub&nerder mOdbye, a.mOd-sult&n n&me

ek jsn chhilen ; tah&r prOchiir dhOn o MshwOryO ebOng bistflr

8MnyO-a&mi'into ohhilft; ek BOhOsrO Oshwd pOnchO-shOt hOstl n0v8-BhOt

^ -<i»\c^ Trf^s $f*% «rff^s i f%^§;
ushtrO, bh&rer sOhit, t&h&r dwflre hfljir th&kitO. KJntu
<5f3"l?x Wf^ *t*lP4 f^=T "T J^" ?rl?q f%ft fwTfUtfi)
t&hSr sGntSn ssntOtl chhilO n4, e'l k&rSn tint dibaratri,

o prftte 0 BOndhyAte, IshwOrpUjGkerder nikoto gOmOu kOriy&

sebdr dw&m sOnt&ner bOr prarthOn& kOriten.

From the Tota-Itihasa, or 'Tales of a Parrot' (a Bengali
Version of the ' Tuti-Ndmah.')
[literal translation.]
Among the wealthy of former times, there was a man Sultan A'mad
(Ahmad) by name, who possessed much wealth and power, and a great
military array. A thousand horse, five hundred elephants, nine hundred
camels, with their burdens, were wont to stand ready at his gate. But
he had no family ; on this account, he day and night, morning and
evening, was in the habit of going near worshippers of God (devout men)
and making request for the gift of a son by means of service to God
(i.e., with pious hermits offered up prayers to God for a son).
. [vocabulary.]
s *e£^ purbbu, adj. Former, pre- Airfn^TSf dmod- sultan,
s*T*TM,s. Time. tcedinS- prop, name, Sultan Ahmad. (Jig" \
ahmad, ' most praised.')
s H*MH dhtmbdn, poss. adj.
Possessing wealth,wealthy, rich, name, ind. By name.
s »*"<**ye (monoptote gov. the sdW ek, adj. One, a.
gen. case), In the middle or 8 jon, s. A man, a person.
midst, in, among.
 THE STUDY OF LANGTTAOES. 23
* f\d<(H ehhilen, 3d pi. pret. of gVtjf<pvO thdkito, 3d sin. cond.
defec. aux. vb. ^Tftl dchh, To from srrfers v.n. (wr s^<o,
be. (corrupted fr. s.^|^ ' to be.') To stay, be.
s f^f^Jeintu, ind. But.
s 4>\$]A tdhdr, pron. (gen. sin. of
s ^v^H sontdn, s. -) Offspring
(Ji^- se'i, be, she, it), Of bim.
s <£fl><r prBchur, adj. Much,many.
S»T| »d,ind.Not. j<i)^'e'e',pr.This.
s SJ»T dhun, s. Wealth. r^j
s ^t?1 ind. On account(of) .
p ^} o, ind. Also, too, even, likewise ; sfi>r*\ tint, pron. He, she. ^°r'
s •ipSf'Sr oishworyo (from J^'tf^
'a lord'), abs. n. Power, might,S Bf 4l<llfj| dibdrdtri, ind. (from
dominion. Hr<1 «Vid,day, and <Tff3f •'<*<»S
[and.
s ebony, ind. Also, likewise, night), Day and night.
s f^^Sj} bistor, adj. Much, most, s <3SftG$prdte, ind. In the morning.
.many, very. s TTs;g"f5$«3«a%dfe, ind. In the
s f^WTfTS' soinyo-sdmonto, s. evening.
Military equipage. S ^Sf<[<^St$ ishwor-pujok, s. (fr.
* ffejsl chhilo (v. supra). .^"Hf<i z'*wur,theLord,God,<l£jT5^
s J)^ ek, adj. One, a. pujok, a worshipper), A worship
s sbhosro, adj. A thousand. per of God, a devout person.
s ^J1? oshwo, s. A horse. s face's nikUe, Near.
s *fSp'*r^poncho-shot, adj. Five- s ffSff v.n. The act ofgoing.
hundred. I <tP<iy1 koriyd, conj. past p. from
s hosti, s. An elephant. <$f<|£\5 kXirite (v. trans. (s flf
s •l4*\i&novo-8hot, adj. Nine-hun- MjSxrl
^•g'V To make,' do. [or r man)..
s ushtro, s. A camel. [dred. s fyf^| sebd, s. Service (to God
s \»(<I 4Adr, s. A load. s TT<fl «'«"2'rd> By means (of).
sTffjnS soAiY, ind. Together with, s ior, s. A boon, blessing.
g \Jl| ^ | <1 idAdr (v. *upr<2) . s >2f"f9f«r| prdrthond, s. A request,
s 'Ct? s- A door. solicitation.
s^fztCZff koriten, 3dpl.cond.from
Present, ready. ^f<l04 korite (v. supra).
24 A NEW PLAN FOR FACILITATING

GREEK.
[text.]
'Eirel ovv 17 irapovcra irpayfjuiTela ov 6empla<s
eveKd ioriv, &<nrep at aXXar (ov yap Xv elB&fiev Tl
eoTiv r) dperrj o-KeiTTOfieda, aXTC Xv dyadol yevcofieda,
hrel oiBev tlv 6'^>e\o? avrrjr) avar/Kcuov ioTi
(TKe^faaQai, To. irepl t<x? irpd^ett, ww? irpaicreov
01T09. en/rat yap eitri Kvpiai /cat rov 7rotd? yevecrdat1
ras efes, KaBairep elprjicafiev.
Aristotle's ' Ethict,' Book II., Chap. 2.

[literal translation.]
Since, therefore, tie present treatise is not for the pur
pose of speculation, like the others,—for we investigate
not for the purpose of knowing what virtue is, but that
we may become good (since [otherwise] there would
be no use in it)—it is necessary to study actions, and
how we must perform them; for these have entire
power over our habits, to cause them to become of a
certain character : as we have said.

1 toS iroickt yevirSai, ' of the becoming of a certain sort.'

 THE STUDY OF LANGUAGES. 29

a ^Xc. ghuldm. A boy, a h ^jfl> hui (3 p. pres. Uy»

servant. hond, to be, aux. vb.),
sy^J dono, Both. Is.
s tlX>l ek, One. p b yd, Or.
sj£ ghar, A house. s UU- khul-jdnd, To
h^^j^ »w»(postposition)In. open ; to be fine.
s \jj~> sond, To sleep. s Lf #«yd (pret. part. of
n 3 p. pi. imp. of jdnd, to go.) [p.
hond, to be, aux. vb.) supia.]
Were. H <J_ us-ne (ins. sin.
h S3 ldld, A master. of ij m,wA, he) By bim.
h <J_»< (sign of the agent, s kahnd, To say.
or ins. case). [». Gram s u^J barasnd, To rain.
mar.] s piichhnd, To ask.
s li^s &iA»d, To say. s jj' fo'j, Thou.
a h rdm-cherd,
s fj^S kis, Whom ? what ?
('serving the Most High,'
(inflected form of
used commonly for) A
servant. kam, who ? what ? )
s li^.J dekhnd, To see. a ^Jo tarah, Manner, way.
y to, Then. ^Jo fjtS ' how ? '
s pdni, Water (met., s \x>\s>- jdnnd, To know.
rain). h ljj3 ta'in, Thou thyself.
s L-y barasnd, To rain. s y to, Then, in fact.
30 A NEW PLAN FOE FACILITATING

HINDUSTANI—continued.

[text.]

From Garcin de Tassy's ' Chreatomathie Hindoustani.'

[literal translation].

she was wet.' (The master) said, ' Put out the lamp.'
He replied, ' Cover over your face and go to sleep,
it will (then) be dark.' Again (the master) said, ' Shut
the door.' (The servant) replied, 'Dear master, I
have performed two commissions, (it is your turn now
to) do one.'
 THE STUDY OP LANGUAGES. 31
[vOCAB ILART.]
s parnd, To fell, to lie h Lj^i rahnd, to remain ;
down. Lfcj j-i «o rahnd, to re
s sond, To sleep. main sleeping.
s ^^L billl, A cat. s J^&tXil andherd, Dark.
s U ! and, To come. s UU- jdnd, To go; to be.
h us, That, he, she ; h^j ^>fo'r, Again.
j£ ko, sign of the acc. p Jjj^jJ darwdza, A door.
s main-ne (sign of p 4X0 band, A band ; fas
the agent), By me, (or tened.
simply) I. s li^ karna, To do, to make ;
h Uyij tatplnd, To feel. Jcj to fasten.
h bhignd, To be wet. s bo J <&»<f, to give (not
p f]^- chiragli, A lamp. required in the transla
h UlfsT bujhdnd, To extin tion), [v. infra.]
guish. s \Lu bhaiyd, Brother (a
s dend, To give, (fre term of endearment).
quently added to another h ji, Master.
verb without affecting SjJ do, Two.
the meaning). s ala £dm, a thing; work.
s munh, The mouth, 8 j»JS We; sign
face. of the agent, [y. supra.]
h L-jl&5 dhdmpnd, To s karnd, To do, to per
cover, form.
sli^i sond, To sleep. s ,w turn, You.
 A NEW PLAN FOK FACILITATING
>
HEBEE'W.
[text.]

nivkhar maikharutz v'daath kaseph v'al musarf k'khu

yishvu Id khaphatzim v'kol mipp'nlnlm khokmah to>ah kl

niBTO njrn TfJTR pumpi [12] : ni
ra'zimmdth v'daath ftrmah' shakanti khokmah anl vah
jtkj) nxa jn n$ip mn; n*n* [13] jxxps
v'gadn gaiah raa a'n<5th Y'hdvah yirath emtza

T'thushiyyah altzah 11 sanaithl thahpukdth u-phi raa v'derek

Proverbs, Chap, viii., tt. 10—14. g'vurto u vinUi ani

[literal translation.]
[10.] Receive ye my admonition and not silver; and knowledge
rather than chosen gold. [11] Because wisdom is better than pearls,
and all precious things will not be equal with it. [12] I, wisdom,
dwell with (lit. inhabit) cunning, and 1 shall find out the Knowledge of
devices. [13] The fear of Jehovah [is] to hate evil: pride and haughti
ness, and the evil way, and the mouth of perverseness, I have hated.
Eli] Tome [is] counsel and discretion; I am understanding ; tome
ps]
la strength.
[vocabulary.]
nj5^J Idkakh, He took, received. S]Pp kdsaph, He grew pale. f)D3
(Tut. ng; imp. n]?^ or rig.) keseph, Silver (so called from its
"ID* ydsar, He corrected or chastised pale color.)
he admonished. mmdr, s.m. 1 v' And. (prefixed conjunction).
Correction, admonition. i i, My JHJ yddad, He saw, he acquired
(pron. sun".). knowledge, fljn daath, Know.
v'al, And not. (1 and, 7X not.) ledge.
 THE STUDY OF LANGUAGES.
Qmai, Than, rather than; (prefix
implying a comparative sense.)
yin khdratz, He cut : also, he dug.
yiinip maikhdrutz, part, paiil.
used as a sub. ; something dug
. out; gold.
103 vdlthar, He tried or proved ;
he chose. "1033 nivkhdr, niph.
part., Chosen.
'3 ki, That, because.
3113 tov, It wasgood. T)i)Otovah,
adj. f. Good.
D3n khakam. He was wise. TO3n
khokmdh, Skill, wisdom.
D'J'JS p'ninim, m. (only in pi.) Red
corals or pearls (rt. ]JB obsolete)
)p mi, compar. pref. (v. supra).
1 v' And ; (copulative prefix).
73 koi, s. The whole. (used as an
adj., Every, all.)
^BO khaphaitz, He willed, desired.
y§0 khaiphetz, Inclination.
D'V^H khaphdtzim, pi. Precious
t6 lo, Not [things.
ilJB' shdvdh, It was made even ; it
was equal to.
FI3 vdh, With her (it) 3 pref. 0
»JK «»*, Pr- !. t»ff- fem- P1011-
[TO? n khokmdh, Wisdom (v. suprd)
33^> shdkan, He settled down,
abode, dwelt in.
DTJ7 dram, He made naked ; he was
crafty. nD"lJJ omdA, si. Crafti
ness, prudence.
JHJ yddad, He saw, he knew. njH
dad£A, Knowledge.
DPI zdmam, He meditated or pur
posed. riStD m'zimmah, s.f. A
a purpose, a device.
33
KVD mdtzd, He came to, attained,
found out.
" ydra«, He feared, he reverenced
flfc?"V yira£/i,s.f.const.(abs. AST.
j/irah), Fear,
nin? Y'hovdh, Jehovah.
X3e, sd»ai, He hated. TltOl}*
inf. cons. To hate (subaudi ' is ').
JJJH rddd, He broke in pieces ; he
wasevil. JH r«d,adj . Bad ; s. Evil.
nS3 gddh, He lifted himself up.
0X3, gaidh, s.f. Pride.
1 v', And. (cop. pref.)
OK3 gddh v. «wj»-d) |1K3 j'du«,
Majesty ; also, haughtiness.
tSpT ddrak, He trode. ION «ferei, A
going ; a way.
5H r«d, adj. Bad ; s. Evil(v.^wjt>«i)
nSpAe'A, The mouth. 'S phi, cons.
^Dp hdphak, He turned, overturned
ni3Bnn thahpukoth, s.f.pl. (sin.
not found) Perverseness.
K3tf sdnai, He hated.
.hli, To me. (7 pref. * pron.sutf.
Arabic .) Subaudi 'is.'
f8J yrfdte, " He consulted, advised.
ilSJ? ditzdh, s.f. Counsel,
t «', And (cop. pref.)
nj^-in thushiyydh, s.f. Upright,
ness, discretion (rt. ilE'Jnotinuse)
*3X »«*', I. [Subaudi ' am')
3,2 M"i He separated, discerned.
D3,3 vindh, s.f. Understanding.
Tome(v.swp.) [Suiawrfi 'is'].
133 gdvar, He was strong, he pre
vailed. iTVDJ g'vurdh, s.f.
Strength.
34 A NEW PLAN FOR FACILITATING

LATIN.
[text.]
Exspectata dies aderat, nonamque serena
Auroram Phaethontis equi jam luce vehebant ;
Famaque finitimos, et clari nomen Acestai
Excierat : lceto complerant litora ctetu,
Visuri jEneadas, pars et certare parati.
Munera principio ante oculos, circoque locantur
In medio : sacri tripodes, viridesque coronse,
Et palmae, pretium victoribus, armaque et ostro
Perfusa? Testes, argenti aurique talenta :
Et tuba commissos medio canit aggere ludos.
Prima pares ineunt gravibus certamina remis
Quatuor, ex omni delectse classe, carina?.
Virgil's jEneid, Book y., 104—115.
[literal translation.]
Now, the wished-for day had arrived, and the steeds of the sun
ushered in the ninth morning with serene sky : fame and the
renown of the illustrious Acestes had drawn together the neigh
bourhood. They filled the shores with joyous crowd, some to see
the Trojans, and some, too, prepared to try their skill. The prizes
first are set before their eyes in the midst of the circle (of spectators) ;
sacred tripods, green garlands and palms, the reward of the con
querors ; arms and vestments of purple, [two] talents, [one] of gold
and [one] of silver ; and the trumpet from the midst of the rising
ground gives the signal that the games are begun. Four ships
selected from the whole fleet, equally matched with ponderous
oars, first enter the lists.
[vocabulary.]
Exspectatus, -a, -um, Expected, Phaethon, -ontis, m., Phae-
wished for. thon : met., The sun.
Dies, -ei, m. and /. (in pi. m. Jam, adv., Now.
only), A day. Veho, -is, -xi, iii. To carry, to
Adsum, ades, adfui, irreg., To bring in.
be present. Nonus, -a, -um, The ninth.
Que, And (always placed after Aurora, -m, f. Aurora : nut.,
v its word). The morning.
Equus, -i, m., A horse. Serenus, -a, -um, Serene.
 THE STUDY OF LANGUAGES.
Lux, -era,/. Light, daylight.
Que, And. [v. ante.]
Fama, -m, f. Fame, rumour, re
port.
Et, And.
Nomen, -inis, «. A name ; trop.,
renown.
Clarus, -a, -tjm, Clear, bright,
„ illustrious.
Acestes, -je, m. Acestes.
Excio, -is, -ivi, (et -n) iv. To
excite.
FInItTmus, -a, -um, Neighbour
ing ; pl. FmiTiMi, neighbours.
Compleo, -es, -evi, iii. To fill.
Litus, -Oris, «. The shore.
Lbtus, -a, -cm, Glad, joyful.
Costus, -us, m. A coming to
gether, an assembly.
VTdeo, vidi, visum, 3. To see.
-Snead-S, -adum, m. pl. The
Trojans.
Pars, partis, /. A part, many,
some.
Et, And, also, too.
Paratus, -a, -um (from paro),
Prepared.
Certo, -as, -avi, i. To contend.
PrinoipTum, -ii, «. A beginning ;
PRiNciPio, adv. In the begin
ning, first.
MOnus, -eris, n. A gift, a re
ward, a prize.
LOco, -as, -avi, i. To place;
locor, pass. to be placed.
Ante, prep. Before.
6cClus, -i, m. An eye.
Que, And. [v. ante.]
In, prep. In.
Medius, -a um, Mid, in the
midst [of].
Circus, -i, m. A circle, a circus.
Sacer, -cra, -crum, Sacred.
35
Tripos, -odis, m. A throe-footed
seat, a tripod.
VirIdis, -e, Green. [land.
COrona, -je, /. A crown, a gar-
Et, And.
Palma, s, f. The palm of the
hand ; a palm-wreath.
Pretium, -ii, n. "Worth, price, a
reward.
Victor, -oris, »». A victor.
Arma, -Srum, n. pl. Arms.
Ve8tis, -is, /. A garment ; pl.
robes.
Perfusus, -a, -um (from per-
fundo), Sprinkled, dyed.
Ostrum, -i, n. The blood of the
sea-snail, purple.
Talentum, -i, ». A talent.
Argentum, -i, «. Silver.
Aurum, -i, n. Gold.
Tuba, -m, f. A trumpet.
MEdius, -a, -um, Mid, middle.
[v. ante.]
Agger, -ris, m. A heap, a bank
or rising ground.
Cano, -is, cEcini, iii. To sing, to
give a signal, to proclaim.
Ludus, -i, m. play ; pl. games.
Commissus, -a, -um, Joined to
gether, commenced.
Quatcor, indec. Four.
Carina, -je, /. The keel of a
ship ; met. a ship. [lected.
Delectus, -a, -um, Chosen, se-
Ex, prep. From, out of.
Omnis, -e, All, the whole.
Classis, -is, /. A class, a fleet.
Par, paris, Equal.
Gravis, -e, Heavy, ponderous.
Remus, -i, m. An oar.
Ineo, -is, iv. To go in, enter.
Primus, -a, -um, First, the first.
Certamen, -minis, ». A contest.
 A NEW PLAN FOR FACILITATING
PERSIAN.
[text.]
*

Jfc*
to J
Anvar-i SuhailI, Chap. i. Introd. Story 1.
[literal translation.]
Although the trouble of travel is wearing to the min8, still it
enlivens, by visiting new countries and seeing the wonders of the
world : and moreover, when the disposition has become accustomed
to the inconveniences of the journey, it is no longer harassed by
them ; and the toil of the road ceases to make the same impression
on the spirits, in consequence of the interest taken in the wonders
of the strange country.
[vocabulary.]
<t>-^ agarchih, Although. a ~Ju tafarruj (Enjoying
ranj, Grief, trouble. social intercourse :) recreation ;
amusement.
a ji. g]iarbat, Distant :
gliurbat, Traveling. a jJj balad, A city, town ;
. _,
j wa, And. [a
L country.
1
^1^- jdn, The soul, mind ;
spirit. [wearing. a iJkJsLl^ mushdhadat,
Lj^i farsd, Destroying ;
\~>j3 , Mind-wearing. gjuvrdHb (pi. of
k^-w>l ast, Is. (verb.term.) ifijZ) Strange, extraor
dinary things ; wonders.
ammd, But, neverthe
less. !j^>- jahdn, The world.
 THE STTJDY OP LANGUAGES.
a ^^sAj rdhat, Quiet,
tranquillity; pleasure.
\js\ afzd, Increasing.
j, Increasing
pleasure, enlivening,
i^-wi- ast, Is. (verb. term.)
Aj wa, And.
jb bdz, Back; again; also.
,.,»;*- chun, When.
a o>jt.-L, taHdat, Nature,
disposition.
\j bd, With, to.
a kulfat,(&. blackish
red colour;) trouble.
aji*, safar, A journey.
y>- khu, Habit, custom.
giriftan, To take,
seize.
c^-o£ y>- , Accustomed.
a ijUj ziddat, Being in
creased ; more ; [any] more,
jl «sz, From, by.
dn, That, it, them.
a jjsb*» muta'allim, Af
flicted, troubled,
j »a, Not.
^.Jui shudan, To be.
Aj wa, And.
a u*Jtj nafs, The soul,
spirit.
j fo, To, with.
a l, faiai, Cause, oc
casion.
i^jw^, By reason of.
a J^iA^ j»<wA^(iZ,Busied,
being occupied with,
b id, With.
a teys^ Afibah, Wonder
ful ; a wonder,
lis hd, sign of pi.
i, sign of genitive.
a <Lij wildyat, (Governing ;)
a foreign country.
j\ as, From.
a cuJii^* ma8hakkat,
(Being difficult); inconvenience.
s\j rdh, A road.
^ItXxs- chanddn, Many; so
much.
a fa'sir, Making an
impression; an impression,
j na, Not.
yd/tan, To find. (met.
to experience.)
 38 A NEW PLAN FOB FACILITATING
RUSSIAN.
[text.]
HOBeJHTejb MHOrHXl aaWKOBt HSUKL Poccihckih He
tojbko oSmnpHOCTiio miicrb, r^fc ohi rocno^cTByerb, ho
KyilHO H CoScTBeHHHMl CBOHSlb IipOCTpaHCTBOMl H 40BO-
ibCTBieMi. BejHKt nepe#b bcemh bi, EBponi. Kap.n, V.
Phmciuh HianepaTopi, roBapHBajb, hto HcnaHCKHivn.
H3bIKOMT, Cb EorOMt, 3>paHI|V3CKHiyn, CT, flpy3bHMH,
HiMenKHMi cb HenpiaTeiHMH, HTjuiiHCKHsri a, mm-
CKHMT. HOJOMl. rOBOpHTb npiUHHHO. Ho eCJH 6bl OffB
PoCClHCKOMy H3MKV GblXb HCKyceHl, TO KOHeHHO Kb TOMV
npncoBOKynHJi 6m, *ito hmt. co bcbmh ohmmh roBopHTb
npHCTOHHO.
LOMONOSOPF.
[literal tbanslation.]
Lord of many languages,1 the Russian tongue is far superior to all
[the dialects] of Europe, not only by the extent of the countries where
it is dominant, but also by its own comprehensiveness and richness.
Charles the Fifth, Emperor of the Romans, said that one ought to
speak Spanish to the Deity, French to one's friends, German to one's
enemies, and Italian to the fair sex. But, had he been acquainted with
Russian, he would assuredly have added that one could speak it with
each and all : 2 [he would have discovered in it the majesty of the
Spanish, the vivacity of the French, the strength of the German, the
sweetness of the Italian ; and, in addition, energetic conciseness in its
imagery; with the richness of the Greek and Latin.]
1 This is said with reference to the other members of the Slavonic
family.
2 I have added a translation of the remainder of the passage, which is
a fair sample of Russian arrogance. Apart from these extravagant
encomiums, the Russian language is, however, really a very fine one.
 THE S1TTDT OF LANGUAGES.
[VOCAB
HoBeJHT&Ib, m. A ruler, com
mander, lord.
MHOrO, adj. Many.
flSbIKOBT., gen. pi. of fl3HKt.
flSMKb, m. A tongue, language.
PoCciHCKM, adj. Eussian.
He, Not. T&IbKO, adv. Only.
06niHpHOCn,, f. Extensiveness.
MtcTO, n. A place, a country.
r#fc, adv.Where. Owb, pr. He, it
rocnOACTBOBaTB, To rule, pre-
Ho, adv. But. [vail.
KynHO, adv. (from KynHMH)
Conjointly, also.
H, And, also. {Expletive.)
C66cTBeHHbIH, adj. Proper, of
one's own.
CBOH, His, her, or its [own].
IIpOCTpaHCTBO, n. Extent, co
piousness.
^OBOJbCTBie, n. Abundance, suf
ficiency, richness [ofa language].
BeJHKb, adj. Great, large ; much.
llepe^l, prep. Before; superior.
BeCb,AH. [suiandi the languages]
Bt, prep. In. EBp6na,f. Europe.
Kapjl, Charles.
PHMCKiH, Eoman.
HianepaTOpT., m. Emperor.
TOBapHBaTb, v. To speak, say.
*lfO, conj. That.
HcnaHCKift, adj. Spanish.
ffsblKb, m. A tongue, language.
Gb, prep. With. Bon,, God.
39
LARY.]
<DpaHqy3CKiH, adj. French.
4pj3bff, m. pL Friends.
HiiMemtiH, adj.Austrian,German
HenpiaT&Jl, m. An enemy.
HiajiflHCKiH, adj. Italian.
JHeHCKiH, adj. Female.
Il0JT>, m. A floor ; sex.
ToBOpHTt, To speak.
UpHJIiqHblH, adj. Becoming
used in neuter for ' it is right,'
'proper,' etc.
Ho, But. Ecjh, If.
Bbl, sign of the subjunctive or
Oet>, pron. He. [conditional.
PoCciflCKiH, adj. Eussian.
flSHKb, m. A tongue, language.
BblTb, v. To be.
HcKVCeHT,, adj. Skilful, skilled
To, then. [»•
KoHeHHWH, adj. Final. Neut.
[adv. Certainly.
Kt,, prep. To.
Ton,, n. To, pron. That.
npHCOB0KynnTb,To annex,add.
Bbl, sign of the subjunctive,
Would.
^TO, conj. That.
Oht,, pron. He, it.
Co, prep. With. BeCb, All.
Oht,, pron. He. plur. They.
ToBOpHTb, To speak.
HpHCTOHHHH, adj. decent. Used
in neut. for ' it is right,' ' one
ought,' etc.
40 A NEW PLAN FOB FACILITATING
SANSKRIT.
[text.]

Asti Magadha-dese Champakavati ndmdranydnu Tasydm

chirdn ,mahatd snehena mriga-kdkau nivasatah. Sa cha mrigah

swechehhayd bhrdmyan hrishta-push(dngah, kenachit srigdlendva-

lokitah. Tarn dfishtwd arigdlo chintayat : Ah !

kathametanmdnsam sulalitam bhakshaydmi ?

Hitopadesa, Bk. I.
[literal translation.]
In Magadha-desa (South Bah&r) there is a forest named Cham
pakavati. In it, for a long time, a Deer and a Crow live in great
friendship. The Deer, frisky and fat, roaming about at his pleasure,
is seen by a certain Jackal. Having eyed him, the Jackal reflects :
" Ah ! how [shall] I feast on this delicate flesh ? "
[vocabulary.]
.illy asti, 3 p. sin. pres. (of sin. of^ s.f. A large forest
vb. ^m«s, be) There is- <1«$U tasydm, loc. sin. f. (of
TTV^ff Magadha-dese, loc. TT^ tad, pron. he, she, it)
sin. of -If(comp. of 1^ In it.
prop, name, and ^jr re ft<.ld^ chirdt, ind. For a
gion, country ), The long time. ( ff becomes T
country of Magadha. before T. )
^mfi Champakavati, *i^ni mahatd, ins. sin. of
nom. sin. of ^ s.f. Pro -i^mahat, adj. Great.
per name. snchena, ins. sin. df
•TTT ndma, ind. By name. s.m. Friendship, affec
y*K*!^l«n aranyani, nom. tion.
 THE STUDY OP LANGUAGES.
4jj|ch|cn) mriga-Mkau, nom
du. of -*R (comp. of Ijpt a
deer ,and «t> I «H crow). A
deer and a crow.
PPRni; nivasatah, 3 p. du.
pres.(of vb.1^^ vas, dwell,
with f^T) They two dwell.
¥ sa, pron. He. (used for
the definite article 'the.')
Tfcha, And. (like the Latin
que it cannot stand first
in a sentence.)
mrigah, nom. s. of -J[
s.m. A deer.
^T^i|| swechchhayd, ins.
sin. of s.f. Of one's
own will or pleasure.
\4 \m*{bhrdmyan, nom.sin.
m. pres. part. (of vb. *JJ^
bhram, wander), Eoaming
about. ,*—»
CSTSI^F* hrishtapushtdngah,
nom. sin.m. of -^f (comp.
of IS gay, tjg fed, and
^ST^body), Frisky and fat
ltenachit, ins. sin.
of f^if^C. kinchit, indef.
pron. By a certain.
^TtfNr srigdlena, (ins.sin.
of -W s.m.) By a jackal.
41
VNftfflRH avalokitah, nom
sin. m. pass. part. (of vb.
iffa loeh, look, with ^J?T)
Seen.
7f tam, acc. sin. m. of 7R£
tad, pron. Hint
ffgT drishtwd, ind. pret.
part. (of vb. dris, see)
Having seen.
^1 1 <sT\ srigdlo, nom. sin. of
-*>f s. m. A jackal. (I h
final changed tot ».)
fafiH^ chintayat, 3 p.sin.
pres. (of vb. f^?^ cM,
think) He thinks.
dA, interj. Ah!
^Ffl^'#£A<»», ind. How?
in what manner ?
Hrl^. nom. or acc. sin.
n. This. ((^changed to
T before T .)
^Tt^n^»»d»sa»», nom. or acc.
sin. of s.n. .Flesh.
g <i*t, su-lalitam, acc.
n. of-fladj. Very plump,
delicate.
^jT^ci if*i bhahhaydmi, 1 p.
sin. pres. ( of vb.
eat) I eat.
 42 A NEW PLAN FOB FACILITATING

SWEDISH.
[text.] /
Med nederslagna ogon hon rackte hornet da, -
Men darrande var handen, och vin blef spildt derpa.
Som aftonrodnans purpur pa liljorna ibland,
De dunkla droppar brunno pa hennes hvita hand.
Och glad tog gasten hornet utaf den adla fru;
Ej tvenne man det tomde, som manner aro nu ;
Men latt och utan tvekan, den drottning till behag,
Den valdige det tomde uti ett andedrag.
From Frithiof's Saga by E. Tegner.

[PARAPHRASE BY R. G. LATHAM.]
With downcast eye, and blushing cheek, she took the goblet up,
Her fingers trembled as she raised that shining silver cup ;
Not evening rays so ruddily on lily-blossoms shine,
As on her taper hands did burn those ruby drops of wine.
The lady set the goblet down, the stranger took it up—
Not two strong men in these new days, could drain that mighty cup ;
When lightly and unblenchingly, to please the gracious queen,
The valiant hero drank it dry, nor took one breath between.

[A more literal translation by Oscar Baker is as follows :]

The brimming horn she proffered Then from the hands of Ing'borg
The guest with eyes cast down, Did he the beaker raise :
But her white hand was trembling, Not two men could have drank it,
And wine was spilt thereon ; As men are now-a-days ;
As evening's purple blushes But easily the stranger,
O'er lilies on the strand, Without suspense or fear,
Those rosy drops were burning In one draught quaffed the beaker,
Upon her snow-white hand. To please that lady fair.
 THE STUDY OF LANGUAGES. 43

[vocabulary.]
Med, prep. With. Glad, a. 2, Glad, joyful.
Nederslä, v.a. 3, To beat down. Taga, v.a. 3 (imp/. Too), To take.
Nederslagen, Thrown down, Gäst, m. 3, A guest.
.. downcast. Horn, n.5, A horn (V. tuprå).
Oga, ». 4 (pl. Ögon) An eye. Utaf (Ut, out, Af, from), From.
Hon, pron. She. Den, pron. That.
Räcka, v.a. 2, To reach ; to hand Ädel, a. 2, Noble.
to (any one). Fru, /. 2, A title equivalent to
Horn, n. 5, A horn, a drinkingcup. Madam ; also, a lady.
Et, def. art. aff. The. ( V. Grammar) Ej, No, not. Tvenne, Two.
DX, Then. Man, m. 3 or 5 (pl. Män or Man
Men, But. ner), A man.
Darra, v.n. 1, To tremble, shake. Det, pron. n. It.
Darrande, Trembling. Tömma, v.a. 2, To empty, to drain
Vara, v.aux. To be. (a goblet).
Hand, /. 3 (pl. Händer), A hand. Som, As, such as.
EN.de/. art. a/. The. (^Grammar) Vara, v.aux.irr. (impf. Ar) To be.
Och, And. Nu, Now, at this time.
Vin, n. 3, Wine. • Men, But.
Blifva, v. aux. To be. Lätt, a. 1, Light ; adv. Lightly,
Spilla, v.a. 2, To spill. Spildt, easily.
Spilt. Och, And.
Derpx, Thereupon ; thereon. Utan, prep. Without.
Som, conj. As, like. Tvekan, /. sin. ind. Doubt, hesita
Afton,»».2 (pj. Aftnar) Evening. tion.
Rodna, v.n. 1, To blush. " Afton- Den,jw. That, the. ( V.Grammar.)
rodnan, Evening-blushing. Drottning,/. 2, A queen-consort,
Purpur, m. Purple. a queen.
Pi, prep. On, upon. Till, prep. To, for (V. Lexicon).
Lilja, /. 1, A lily. Behag, n. 5, Delight, pleasure.
Ibland, prep. Amongst; adv. Till Behag, To please.
Sometimes. Väldig, a. 2, Powerful, mighty.
Den, pron. That. pl. De, Those. Den Väldige, The mighty (one)
Dunkel, a. 2, Dusky, dark. the hero.
Droppa,/.1, Droppe, ot.2, A drop. Det, It. (V. tuprå.)
Brinna, v.n. 3 (imp/. Brann, pi. Tömma, v.a.2, To empty. (V. supru)
Brunno), To burn. Uti, prep. (XJt and I) In.
PI, On. En, neut. Ett, One, a. V. Gram.)
Hox,pron. She. ^».Hennes, Her. Andedrag, «. 5, A drawing in the
Hvit, a. 2, White. breath (Ande, breath ; Draga,
Hand,/. 3 (pl. Händer), A hand. to draw). Uti ett Andedrag,
Och, And. In one breath ; or, at a breath.
44 A NEW PLAN FOR FACILITATING
SYEIAC.
[text.]
AjV C -hs, fl° .'r-io? teoll ioioW 11° [1]
ftt yoda gheir lo damkhor I'yaumo teBhtavhar lo
*>> % f p <i»p *p p * p 7 _ _ t. p % p. 9
PLulo ^<0Q2> (Jo t»pQJ [21 ❖ ,X» plO
i - ' ' • «.
vakhrino pumokh v^o nukroyo n'shabkhokh " yoled mono
oiu.oio $L ^fejo lala lUol [3] ❖JZoaco flb
v'nighzeh kholo v'notel kipho yakiro * sephvothokh v*lo
P 7 V "■ * "«7f 7 MP 7
mrr»->Vn »j01 [5] *.00l»lZ -SO ;»n» (lhflDJ
maksonutho to-voi * trai-hun men yaklr d'saklo

• damtashyo rokhmutho men d'ghalyo

Proverbs, chap. xxvii, w. 1, 2, 3, and 5. (Peschito Version.)
[literal translation.]
[1.] Boast not thyself for the day of to-morrow, for thou knowest not
what (it) bringeth forth. [2.] Let the stranger praise thee, and not
thy [own] mouth ; and another, and not thy [own] lips. [3.] Heavy
[is] the stone, and weighty the sand ; and the wrath of the fool [is]
heavier than them both. [5.] Better [is] the rebuke that is open, than
the love that is hid.
[vocabulary.]
Vflo, Not. V 'lo, Not.
• 7 7
5CJ1Cl» shabhar, He made to ',*^gheir,"EoT. (fr. Gr. jap;)
to shine, he praised, or glorified. rv r
^ijj yidad, He knew.
>OU3A*l eshtavhar, He boasted.
1 V, Toffor (a prefix). All ant (pr. at, the n mute)
7 \0 . "Thou.
^OOa yaum, A day. \ o (sign 0
of the emphatic state). ^lo mon, What ?
;**Vn mkhor, To-morrow. yiled, He begot; she
> d (orbeforea vowellessletter ' * 7* brought
7
forth.
7j da (sign of the genitive case). shabakh, He praised.
 THE STUDY OF LANGUAGES.
yf okh, Thee. (pron. suff.)
»jpQJ nukroi, Strange.
(jjaoj nukroyo (emph.) The
w stranger.
JJO «;7o,And not. (0 v, and; |J
fo, not).
iOQ2) jsilm, The mouth,
okh, Thy. (pron. suff.)
O v, And (takes a vowel before
the vowel-less ^ kh,"\ o being
elided.)
^ »; > khrin, Another (from
}*»l"he delayed, or was late.)
\\o v'lo, And not (v. suprd).
lAaCD sephtho, fem. emph.
* The lip : Zoaco pi.
yPolh, Thy (pron. suff.)
7 »P 7
; - * yakir, Heavy. \\ tQ«
1 fem. (Subaudi 'is.') 1
,£)P /o^A, fem. A stone.
0 p', And.
notel, part m. Heavy
* (from \i^J it was heavy or
„ weighty.)*
MoZo,.m.emph. The sand
(fr.Heb. ^H)-
0 v', And.
]Q^hr'ghuz,m. Anger, wrath
>mph. ^,0i rt. L.j )
01 ch, His. (pr. suff. " re-
* dundant.)
J d', sign of the genitive.
45
11 ^CO saklo, m.emph. Foolish
rt. ]1»^pi*i he was foolish.
yakir, Heavy (v. supra)
i
^lO men, From, (shows that
* the preceding adj. is expressive
of the comparative). k
_*)Z Two. .OOU»Z
du.masc.with.00lAuM,they,them
p(pron.suff.)\ „ .
>aj Good, r^-b fem.
the Vf> which follows renders
it * comparative.
«j01 i, She. (used for the co
pula ' is,' like the Arabic J».
Up p t Sr
mrri^Vn maksonidho, fem.
7
emph. The rebuke. (rt. .mrty,
from Chaldee DDJ)
J <Z' ,Who, which (rel. pr.pref. )
ghalyo, part. pass. fem.
fi-.]l^ uncovered, manifest, (root
jjL. he uncovered, etc.)
^Zznnen, From, than (v.suprd)
l2oSQ**i rokhmuto, fem.
emph. The love. (rt. ^CLm)
r'kliem, he loved. *
ri <Z«, Which (v. suprd),
i1 m'fashyo, part. pass.
7 .7
fem. from - * mfct^ri matshai,
hidden (rt. ")» ^ £s^o, it was
hid, he hid).
46 A NEW PLAN TOB FACILITATING

TUKKISH.
[text.]

i£ <Utw*£ jib * 1 j>i j\ajSj*j 1>_j^-O - J^*"}.

j i_><3*li*_ <Ls." tbjjj tejz
iTl -jjLS uLeU- <!y/sr <tsT j -JJ^

[LITERAL TRANSLATION.]
[King] Dabishlim said, " 0 wise vazir ! although the hardships
of travel are many, its advantages also are innumerable. Whoever
has been exposed to the trouble of a [distant] journey, and the
whirlpool of hardship, becomes polished and amended, and acquires
many experiences from which, throughout life, all kinds of ad
vantages are derived. 1 [And] indubitably from the discipline of
[vocabulary.]
aJluUIJ Dabishlim, Da- a Joljui shedd'id, s. pi.
' bishllm (proper name). Adversities, troubles.
t a'itmek, v. To ajA~a sefer, s. A journey,
travel. [many.
(_$\ at, interj. 0 ! PjU*uJ bisydr, a. Much,
ajijj vazir, s. A vazir i jii dir, 3 p. sin. pres. (of
(minister of state) . the def. vb. ^\ im,l am) Is.1
pJ^^Ci^ bmwrgvdr, adj.
Great in esteem; wise. a fawd'id, s.pl. Uses,
v egerchih, conj. useful results.
Although. t ^j>-ti dakM, c. Also.
1 . Neuter plurals take the verb in the singular.
2 Lit., 'are derived and result from.' Similar repetitions are
frequent in Turkish.
 THE STUDY OP LANGUAGES. .
pjUȣ<-J bi-shumdr, adj.
Innumerable.
ijJ dir, v. Is. [t. ante.']
pj& har, a. Every.
t kimsch, A person.
pt <s£ fo'A, pron. That, who
a i^-o^ kerbat, s. Sorrow,
affliction.
a tjjZ ghwrbat, s. Being
distant; travel.
a j wa, and.
a aIj^ wartahyh. precipice,
an abyss.
a mihnat, s. Trouble,
hardship.
a Us-** mubteld, a. Subject
to, exposed to.
t olmak, v. To be.
a <_j3*li* muta-addab, a.
well-educated, polished.
a iX^* muhazzib, a.
Honest, free from vice.
t fj^lj\ olmak, v. To be, to
become.
a j wa, c. And.
i ter nichch, adv. How
much ? : many.
a tJjSf* tajribch, s. A trial ;
experience,
47
a J-aU- hdsil, a. Produced.
s. Produce, fruit.
t (juLi k'dmah, v. To do,
to perform (auxiliary verb) .
. 's J*«U- hdsil-k.,To ob
tain, to gain.
t£ kih, That, which.
a i A,» muddat, s. A period,
length of time.
a J] art. The.
ajAS. Hmr, s. Life.
ifiX* Life-time ;
during a lifetime.
«»a,To him, (dat. ofj\
o, pr. he.)
a \ anwdd, s. pi. Kinds,
[all] kinds.
A manuf'i, s. pi.
Profits, advantages.
A mutafarti, a. De
rived from.
a mutarattab, a.
Arranged; resulting from.
t v. to be.
p H, p. Without.
a 4^~i shubhch, s. Doubt.
A c^jljj riydzat, s. Men
tal or bodily discipline.
9
48 A NEW PLAN FOB FACILITATING

TURKISH—continued.
[text.]
<ul£ djL>

Jy** <^cl^ *—L»J uk) *b j

Extract from the ' Humdykn-Ndmeh,' {the Turkish version

of the 'Anvdr-i Suhaili,') Introd. Story 1, adfin.
[literal translation.]
travel, complete advancement accrues, both external and internal.
Seest thou not that the pawn, by traveling six steps, owing to the
knowledge it thus [acquires], attains the rank of a queen ? and the
lightly-speeding moon, by a journey of fourteen nights, progresses
from the stage of a [thin] crescent to the dignity of the full orb ? 1
[vocabulary.]
a jLj sefer, s. Journey, p t^-w-jJ Successful.
travel. t (juJjJ bidmak, v. to find.
t <0 leh (for <dj|) postp.
V dast
"With, by. ras iulma>h, To obtain ; to
a ^jiy tarakki, e. Eleva accrue.
tion, advancement. p s\y>- Wdh, "Who wishes
a <Q£ kuliyah, a. All; jlj-l. . . . i>yi. Whether... or
universal; complete.
p a\j rah, s. Road ; way.
p u^wj>J d«st, s. The hand
a siirat, s. Form,
p fjMj ras, arriving. appearance.
1 Lit., 'to the degree of perfection.'
 THE STUDY OP LANGUAGES.
t ^ dan, post. From, by.
yiSjjye s\j Externally.
p s\j rah, s. A road ; way.
a lJ^s* madni, s. Meaning,
" reality.
t dan, From, by.
^Jui** s\j Internally.
t CS~*j£ ghvhrmek,Y. To
see.
neg. form, int.
part. ^ sen, verb. ter.
p t£ kih, c. That.
p it>Lj piyddah, A man on
foot; a pawn (in chess),
p {jU* shesh, Six.
a menzil, s. A halt-
ting place, a day's journey,
a stage.
a sefer, s. A journey ;
travel.
T <tl lch (for idji ) post.
'With, by.
pi farzdnch-lik.
Wisdom, knowledge.
t dan, post. From, by.
pi lUlijjji farzlnlik, s.
Queen-ship (in chess).
A martebch, s. A
degree, rank.
49
t <U-j tinch (for <SJ ^j~,,
pron. aff. His, fier, etc. ;
<U neh, sign of the dative.)
t LlSU-i irishmek, v. To
reach, attain.
a j wa, c. And. -
p iL» »»aA, s. The moon.
p u *v . ««5m^, a. Light,
quick.
p (j^jj wax, Flowing,
i^U», Ten. Roving.
t lUjA <ftw<, Four.
t ClJ^J ^jl Fourteen.
i t^f^gijch, s. A night.
a «««>, s. Motion;
traveling.
i <t! feA (for <dj| ) post.
From, by.
a jjji^ menzil, s. A halt
ing-place ; a rank or stage.
A ^gilLto Ma#, a. Of, or
" belonging to, the crescent
of the new moon.
a &>-jJ derejch, s. A step ;
a degree, rank.
a J US' kemdl, s. Perfection
s- ch, sign of the dative.
t uXt-to yetishmek, v.
To come up with, to arrive at.
50 PERSIAN GKAMMAR.

PERSIAN EXERCISES.

We now proceed to apply the plan above laid down

to some reading lessons in Persian, which consist of the
following extracts.
I.—Extract from an unpublished MS. entitled the
'Story of Hatim Ta'i,'1 an amusing romance, full of
even greater marvels than the ' Arabian Mghts,' and
written in an extremely simple style, which renders it
suited to the merest beginner.2
II.—A Story from the ' Gulistan' of Saadi.
III.—A Fable from the ' Anvar-i Suhaili ; ' consider
ably more difficult than the two former extracts, and
calculated to form an introduction to the flowery and
metaphorical style so prevalent in Persian writing.
Before attempting to translate, the learner should
pay attention to the following remarks, which will
serve to point out and remove some of those obstacles

1 The MS. of this work in the Library of the British Museum,

(from which the Extract has been made), though very well
written, contains occasional mis-spellings and grammatical inac
curacies ; these I have generally been able to correct by referring
to another MS. in the Library at the East India House, to which
I have fortunately had access.
2 A translation by Professor Forbes was published in 1830 in
the Oriental Translation Fund series.
 BEADING LESSONS. 51

which, though trifling in themselves, are apt to em

barrass a beginner, who is often more perplexed by
little incongruities of expression, quite contrary to any
European style, than by actual difficulties, such as he
may have been accustomed to overcome in reading
Greek or Latin.
1. The word t£ kih, 'that,' is constantly recurring in
situations (generally in narration) where, according to
our ideas, it is redundant : and, in translating, it may
often be suppressed. Sometimes it may be paraphrased
by 'thus,' or 'as follows.'
2. The conjunction j wa, ' and,' is often omitted
where we should insert it, giving rise to a disjuncta
oratio, in a style somewhat like this : ' He took a rod—
he went to the river—he saw a fish—he threw his
line—the fish bit—he hooked the fish, landed it, and
carried it home in triumph.'
3. Compound verbs are of frequent occurrence in
cases where the Persian verb entirely loses its original
signification (v. the list at pages 46-7 of the 'Grammar.')
4. The employment of metaphors—often compounded
of many words—in place of a single noun, is very common ;
thus, instead of 'equity,' 'injustice,' 'intention,' the
Persian writers say, ' the ray of the candle of equity,'
'the skirt-detaining boughs of the thorn-thicket of
52 PEBSIAJf GEAMMAE.

injustice,' ' to place the foot of intention in the stirrup

of success.' These and a thousand similar hyperboles
bewilder the learner, who not unfrequently 'loses his
way in the labyrinth-like mazes of the paths of the
bowers of eloquence ' until ' the pari of his endeavors
is dissolved in the vinegar of difficulty.'
5. The past participle is frequently employed for the
perfect or pluperfect,—the verbal terminations, or the
auxiliary verb h'idan, being suppressed,—especially
in the 3rd pers. sin., as, ii-llj ddshtah for cu*«ol &x£>\ J
ddshtah-ast, 'he possessed,' £Ju~y rasidah for i<S*~>j
c: -..A rasidah-ast, ' he arrived.' etc.
The omission of the vowel-points, which are very
rarely inserted, is another difficulty. This, however,
can only be got over by practice, as no certain rules
can be given with regard to their use. Two hints,
however, may be useful to the beginner, viz. : 1. The
vowel fathah is much more common than either of the
other two. 2. In Arabic words commencing with «•
(for the most part participles or verbal nouns), the
vowel which follows * is, very generally, dhammah, as,
J>^'u* muta'ammil, considerate.'
In order to become anything like a good Persian
scholar, a knowledge of Arabic is absolutely necessary,
for, independently of the quotations from Arab poets and
 BEADING LESSONS. 53

the Koran, which abound in most Persian writers, the

great bulk of the Persian language consists of Arabic
words, not in a derivative form, like the words of Latin
origin in our own tongue, but wholly unchanged save
in pronunciation. 'We have some similar instances in
the case of words borrowed from the French, such as
' possession,' ' publication,' and other nouns ending in
'tion,' which are spelt alike in both English and
French, though their pronunciation is widely different
in the two countries.
In Persian, the pronunciation of Arabic words is only
slightly modified by the softening of certain letters
which are difficult to enunciate d VArabe.
As this work is intended for beginners, translations
of the extracts are added.
54' PEBSIAN GBAMSIAB.

EXTRACT L

THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE FOURTH BOOK OF

'THE STORY OF- HATIM TA'L'

[text.]

* ioyT ufi- js^l joj t_>T

[literal translation.]

They have related that Hatim departed from the city

of Shahabad. [After] he had journeyed some stages,
[he] arrived at the foot of a mountain, and saw a
spring of running water whose stream flowed stained
with blood. He was greatly astonished, [thinking] thus :
 BEADING LESSONS.

[Note. —In the following Vocabularies, the auxiliary

verbs, when in combination with a noun, are usually
represented by the first letter, thus: for ,
. £ for , and so on.- Arabic words are marked a.]
[vocabulary.]
^Jyl dwardan, to bring: rasidan, To arrive.
to relate. a j wa, And.
Uh, That. <U»£l»- chashmah, A foun-
V
ITdtim, Proper name. tain.
j\ a%, From. t-_>T ai, 'Water.
shahr, City. (jljj rawdn, Going ; run
j\i I iLi Shdh-dbdd, Proper ning; flowing.
name ('royal city'). ^Jo J To see,
^jj^> b'iriin, Out. d lih, That; Ji-...i£,
^jXiishudaniTobe;. .i(ii«/-J whose.
to go out. t_>l ai, Water.
Ax=- chand, Many, several, ash, pronom. affix,
some. His, its.
a JjL* mandzil, (pi. of iii***- kkun, Blood.
jjji^ ma«zi?)Halting-places; UJjl I dlridan, To stain ;
day's journeys, stages. jjjll stained.
(^fiij raftan, To go.
^As^ raftan, To go ; to flow.
jlj zir, Under ; trans. ' at
the foot of.' i^jU-*- hairdn, Astonished.
2f*S HA, A mountain. ^JoL» mdndan, To remain.
^ i, (the i of unity) A a£ That; for; thus.
" [certain]. (subaudi, ' thinking.')
56 PERSIAN GBAMMAK.

iXx> _ * u=-»i) iXib ojT ^ <_jT

i^Ia^j i- ^^jii ^Li, jj t£ ? <>«>-

j£> j\ _j_ *-lac t-jjli j _ Joltoa£jl

I have never seen water of a crimson color ; I must go

in that direction whence the water flows.' Hatim
went on, [and] after two days a large tree came in
sight. When he comes near, what does he see ? [He
sees] that from every branch of the tree, human heads
are suspended, and beneath it is a large lake ; and from
every head blood is flowing, and drops into the lake,

^yfcli g&hi, A time ; some- uJoJ dldan, To see.

" times. (When followed by a
a negative ' never.')
(->! db, Water.
£j~i surkh, Bed, crimson.
3 na, neg. prefix, Not.
j\ az, From.
.Jf an, dem. pron., That.
a i—j^? taraf, A side.
Uh, That.
 HEADING LESSONS.

<_/t db, Water. wJuJ didan, To see. (*«-

^Jl^I dmadan, To come. iawrft, ' he sees.')
^^Ugjb Myistan, To be ne £0, That.
cessary, tdyad, 'ilfaut.' jJ <far, In, upon.
>jiij raftan, To go. |jJS Aar, All, every.
jjU- Hdtim, Proper name. ^Li shdkh, A branch.
rawdn, Going. u^vsi-j>) dirakhtjA. tree.
tijJi£ gashtan, To turn ; to I ^-i The head.
ddamty, Human.
To proceed. (^^sTjl dwikhtan, To sus
a badd, After. (Often pend, to catch hold (of any
thing) and hang by it.
takes the prep.j\ after it.)
teLsTjl dwikMah, Sus
jl> <fot, Two. pended.
jjj rliz, A day. a j wa, And.
dvrakht, A tree. jij zir, Under.
(j_j i of unity.) ^l dn, It.
a |>JflC dzim, Great, large. £dZai, A pond, lake.
jj <fcw, In. [Tiew. j*«bs <2ssi»», Great, large.
^ki »«zar, Looking; sight, U^imiI «rf, Is (verbal ter
^iX* I dmadan, To come. mination).
^j*- cM», When. jl as, From.
ul£, tip nazdii, Near, close j& har, All, every.
to. -j sar, The head.
r««i<frz», To arrive. liy4** Blood.
to- cfo"i, What ? interrog. a ^ li>- ydrJ, Mowing.
58 PEBSIAN GRAMMAB.

and its waters run towards the desert. When Hatim

sat down under the tree, all the heads shouting ha !
ha !, laughed. Hatim was astonished that severed heads
should laugh, and thought [to himself] , ' Of whom
can I inquire ? ' Suddenly the sight of Hatim fell on
a head which was loftier than the rest, and so lovely-

u^w-.-- ast, Is. ^&jLs~ chakidan, To drop,

dar, In. 4_>T a\ Water. [trickle-
an, dem. pron., That. ^l an, It.
t—>i\j tdldb, A pond or lake. J ba, With, to.
1 The particle i is often prefixed to the preterite, as well as to
the aorist and future.
2 Or <£^A^J ^Mfahat.
 READING LESSONS. 59

a < ije taraf, A side ; i_iJ>u ^iAj^j buridan, To cut,

towards. [plain. sever.
A '\jSf0 sahrd', A desert, ^Jo Aii- Khandidan, To
ijiij raftan, To go; to flow. laugh.
a j w«, And.
Jfdtim, Proper name.
oor, In.
jlj sir, Under.
^l k, This.
c^S-j J diraTM, A tree.
aJj filer, Thought.
chiin, When.
i^jojj budan, To be.
^jixujU nishastan, To sit
down. jl 02, From.
<UJi hamah, All. £0, That, who.
^ «ar, The head. ^j'V-^ pursidan, To ask,
a <JiLj> kahkah, Loud laugh, To inquire.
tor, a horse-laugh. ilfU ndgdh, Suddenly.
^Jj zadan, To strike. a^loi nazar, The sight.
^iJj <^.a^> To shout out, Jar, On, upon.
to break out into a horse One, a.
laugh.
sar, The head.
^jLt Axi- khandidan, To
laugh. ^ksl uftddan, To fall.
ji) dar, In, into. <i£ M, That, which.
c-^i*"' tdajjub, Astonish j\ as, Prom ; than.
ment. <UJ!, hamah, All.
^jA^l dmadan, To come. j^j'Slj bdldtar (comp. of
.1 u^ j'5 To be asto above) Higher.
nished. budan, To be.
M, That. Good, charm
—> «<w, The head. ing.
60 PERSIAN GBAMHAB.

Ij _ Ir5^ JjJ ^f' ' "

featured, [that], at the bare sight of it, he lost heart,

and becoming senseless, fell to the ground. After a
time he came to his senses, and said in [his] heart,
' O Hatim, remain some days in this desert, in order
that the story of these [heads] may become evident
[to you.]' He passed the whole day under the trees.
In the evening, what does he see ? All the heads fall

A ^jyo sjirat, Form, ap (jl an, It.

pearance; face.
J ba, prep. To, w<iili, at.
a ^jJ^* mufarrad, Stript,
bare; mere, only.
^ilJ J didan,To see ; the seeing
J J Ail, The heart.
j\ az, From.
la-wJ dad, The hand.
ijsjj raftan, To go.
 READING LESSONS. 61

.j J J To lose a \jsr£l sahrd, A desert.

heart. ^Jot* »»d»<&m, To remain
Ltj* ^ W-MM, Without
Li td, That, in order that.
sense, senseless.
a cu-jjjLo kaifiyat, Quality,
^JlI shudan, To be, to state, circumstances ; story.
become.
l^Jjl i»Ad (pi. of jjjl )
> ba, prep. To. These. "
cr^»J zamin, The earth, a *y** madlum, Known,
ground. evident.
^jLil uftddan, To fall. ' ^Jui shudan, To be, to
a Jue iad<?, After, (often become.
takesjl after it.) A *UJ tamdm, Complete,
the whole.
A l^cLo sddt, An hour ; jjy filss, A day.
a little while ; a moment. J air, Under.
ba, prep. To. o-.jv.jo diraTM, A tree.
M«A, Intellect, ijiJ*d£guzashtan, To pass.
sense.
a (-^-Jj Time.
.l (J^yJ To come to one's
senses. I* Li «Adm, Evening.
jii dar, In. 4^ cM, What ?
J J dil, The heart. ^Jo J To see.
c^if guftan, To say. <6 kih, That.
ijjl «i, 0! iUJ& hamah, All.
Ato- chand, Many, some. 1^ ( head.
j»j ria, A day. jJ dar, In.
jJ <for, In. <__>HL tdldb, A pond, a lake
^I i», This. ^oLil uftddan, To fall.
62 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

fclX[ ^\~» _ <Ss j*j^=,- * JuOlii\

y»> jjUjfc _ »l& tlXo ^J^=>- * ^ *uj

into the lake ! Hatim perceived that in the midst of

the lake there was a place [where some persons] were
spreading a royal carpet, and placing a golden throne.
After a time, many lovely damsels, each holding some
thing in her hand, came out, and from the midst of them
issued a fairy-faced maiden, more beautiful than
the rest, and sat down on the throne. "When Hatim
observed attentively [he said], ' It is the same head of

^Jl>J didan, To see, to Ll£> yak, One, a.

perceive. makdn, A place.
miydn, The middle. >l ast, Is.

1 One MS. reads <d*>- b.

 BEADING LESSONS.

U*jS farsh, A carpet. miydn, the midst.

<Ula>li shdhdnah, Royal. ^l {», this (pi. these, they).
ijS1j\jxu^ gustardnidan, (j-jjU ndzanin, blandish
To spread. ing. (met. a damsel.)
i^i-of takht, A throne. kj^j a Peri, fairy.
zarin, Golden. >j rii, the face.
^ol^J nihddan, To place. )J >ifji fairy -faced. (met.
a damsel.)
a >iju badd, prep. After,
j\ az, from; than.
(Often takesj | after it).
<d^- jumlah, the sum, the
a L^-~eL» sddt, Hour ; whole.
a little time ; moment.
t-rJy>- 1Mb, good ; beau
t£ I, The of unity. tiful.
Jus- chand, Many. y for, sign of the com
^^JjU ndzanin, Blandish parative.
ing, coquetting. (met. A beau •-i (jj^ £irA» to come
tiful girl.) out.
iL&,j3> har yak, Every j> bar, on, upon.
one. euosT a throve.
Js->- chvz, A thing ; some (ji«i^J nishastan, to sit
thing. down.
j ba, To, in. y^s- ehun, when.
t^-w! J «W, Hand. l1X»3 »i£, good.
>jiijs giriftan, To seize, to il& nigdh, a look ; watch
take. ing.
j^j^o iiru», out. liardan, to do, to
make.
J» to come out.
alxj tlXj to observe
jJ dar, in. attentively.
10
64 PKRSIAN GBAMMAR.

»^-» J-i> k-r-ij^y utff ?c^J i^1 _

which I became enamoured.' The rest sat down on

seats, and about a hundred persons stood with folded
hands. The whole apparatus was princely ; performers
played on various musical instruments, singers sang
songs, ^and two persons danced. Hatim gazed from
[his] corner, thinking, 'What mystery is this?'
When it was midnight they spread the tables, and

jjL«Js hamdn, that very. .: Jnilc to become ena

j*t sar, the head. moured of. [rest.
Jilii digar, another; the
>j\...t£ kih . . . an, which
lit., that...that.) ji bar, on, upon.
a Ic ddshik, a lover ; a \jp*f bursty, a throne, a
enamoured. seat, stool.
 BEADING LESSONS.
nishastan, to sit
down
a c_~)Ji Aarib, near, about
'Xtf sad, a hundred.
kas, a person.
ci-v-O the hand.
!ji*uJ bastan, to bind.
•w«J (7as< bastah,
With folded hands.
^(JUatl istddan, to stand.
a £«»»a»», complete,
the whole.
A lawazimdt, pi.
Things necessary.
i'jJ'iL> sdzandah, a per
former, a player on a musical
instrument.
jjjyl jLi sdz dwardan, to
perform on a musical instru
ment.
sx*>^giiyandah, a speaker
a singer.
tifj~> surod, a song, melody
.£ turod k., to sing.
kas, a person.
.J deer, in.
a rah, dancing.
65
I fjoijjti to dance.
j\ as, from.
<ti>jTgiishah, a corner.
^Jj J didan, to see, to look
aj£j filcr, thought.
jL> to think.
^jjl i», this.
cfo'A, what ?
j\j rdz, a secret, a mystery.
ast, is.
cAu», when.
nim, half.
shab, night.
^A-i shudan, to be.
a jyLo safrah, traveling-
provisions ; a table.
^>XJI^^SauS* gustardnidan,
to spread.
A j»UL £<Ja»», eating, viands
^£giin, colour : species.
U£ gundgiin, various,
of all sorts.
j> bar, on, upon.
ij\y>- Wdn, a table, a
tray.
ijjjj zarin, golden.
66 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

- *A*,^ _ itX*T |»jU- j^i-J_>jly

jl _ '(Lefti' 5 j^l j j»U <)k>- _

brought in viands of every kind on golden trays. The

queen said to one of her attendants, 'Take a tray of
viands of every kind to that stranger, who is sitting
in the corner.' One of them, placing a tray on her
head, came before Hatim, and, with a wink of her
eye, said, ['The lady] sitting on the throne, who is
[our] mistress, has sent [this] to you.' Hatim said,
' What is her name ? ' She replied, ' What business

awardan, to bring. yaki, one.

an, that. i< az, from, of.
<z-*aC takht-nishln, j^j>t parastdr, a servant,
sitting -on -the -throne. (met. jjij^ri. Wish, self: (her
a king or queen). own). «
 HEADING LESSONS.
\j rd, sign of the dative.
^jJiZ guftan, to say.
kih, that.
kSJo yak, One, a.
^y>- Mi'an, a table, a
tray.
a I»Uls £dd»», eating, viands
j& har, all, every.
a j»*ui a part; kind,
sort.
^wA, before.
o», that.
aji\u±* musdfir, a stranger,
a guest.
^Jj burdan, to bear, to
carry.
t£ kih, that, who.
dar, in.
<Lijs' gushah, a corner.
ijijjJl>j nishastan, to sit
down.
J l «z, from, of.
\^>\ dnhd, pi., those, them.
^l^si. Wan, a table, a
tray.
ji bar, on.
^-j *«r, the head.
67
^jl^j nihddan, to place.
fJ^J pish, before.
^J^l dmadan, to come.
j ia, prep., with.
a ^Lil ishdrah, a token,
sign, wink.
chashm, the eye.
^jJ^ guftan, to say.
^l <i», pron., that.
iji&J c^az* takht-nishin,
sitting - on - the - throne ; a
king or queen.
kih, that, who.
j\*)j~> sarddr, a general, a
chief.
i ba, prep., to.
y tu, thou.
^j'a-^i firutddan, to send.
<^>-
V ehih, what ?
1*1} nam, a name.
^^-ilo ddshtan, to have, to
l J tord, dat. of y t&, thou.
j\ az, from, with.
kdr, work, business.
a #UL tddm, eating, food.
68 PEBSIAN GilAMMAB.

have you with her name ? eat the victuals.' Hatim

said, 'As long as you withhold her name, I will not
eat.' The damsel went back and represented to the
queen thus, ' The stranger will not eat : he says, "As
long as you will not tell me the name of your
mistress, and the real circumstances about all those
who have come up out of the lake, I will not
eat."' The queen said, 'Go again and say, "Eat
first ; I will tell you to-morrow." ' Again she came

: bi, prefix to the Imp. j net, not.

^jy>~ khurdan, to eat. guftan, to say, to tell.
U* td, so that, until. ^ man, I.
 BEABING LESSONS.
jijb hargiz, ever, (when
followed by a negative, never).
W dstan, to wish;
(sign of the future).
jjj i^Sji pari-ru, fairy-faced;
a damsel.
jlj bds, back, again.
ijiij raftan, to go.
> ba, prep., with.
^.ijOjC drz, representation,
petition.
^Juj rasdnidan, to cause
to arrive ; to convey. (Often
takes j after it.)
.j {jOjC to represent.
ajiLus« musdfir, a stranger,
traveller.
a rfdd»», eating ; a j»Uls <ddm, eating, food.
viands.
(jJj^si. khurdan, to eat.
jjii^* guftan, to say.
Ij <d, so that, until.
»a/«, a name.
j|jp, sarddr, chief.
t^J- Murf, self; (your).
A c^JLto. hakikat, the
truth ; the real state or cir
cumstances (of a thing).
69
a iLu>- jumlah, the sum,
the whole, all.
jl as, from, out of.
(_>So <dZdi, a pond, lake.
^Ji^l ^ Jar dmadan, to
come up, to arise.
a jlylsl tzAdr, revealing,
making known.
^jirJ-Lj sdMdan, to make.
a a£L» malikah, a queen,
jb ids, back, again.
tl)ii; raftan, to go ; Imp.
_y r<w.
y^iii guftan, to say. Imp.
i-fj^ orj^.
a Jjl awwal, first.
Ijji fardd, to-morrow.
jjjS-il^i- Wdstan, to wish:
(sign of the future),
jb ids, back, again.
before.
(^)X* I dmadan, to come.
a (»_^£>-j^» m&jib, cause,
motive.
i_^>sf_yW according to.
70 PERSIAN GBAMMAB.

to Hatim, and informed him according to the order.

Hatim ate and said, ' Tell [me].' She made answer,
1 I will tell you to-morrow.' Hatim was about to
catch hold of her, [but] the fairy-born, escaping,
threw herself into the lake, went to the side of the
queen, and stood in her place with folded hands.
The queen diverted herself all night with dance
and song. When dawn arrived, all fell into the
lake, and sank beneath the water. After a time, the

siiyjs farmudah, ordered : ^y*> namudan, to show;

an order. (auxfl. verb).
A^lyW izhdr, revealing, A Jawdb, an answer.
making known. I ^jIj dddan, to give.
 BEADING LESSONS. 71

fardd, to-morrow. a |*Uj iamdm, complete,

Wdstan, to wish ;the whole.
to will ; to mean, intend. shab, night.
•l u, he, she. a LiUJ tamdshd, walking
ij^f giriftan,^to take, for recreation ; a sight ; enter
seize. (Root,^rr)- tainment.
A {joij rah, dancing, the
jljjyj pari-zdd, fairy-born. dance.
iji=£?,f guriMtan, to fly Jjj~> surod, a song, singing.
away, escape. (j Jo J didan, to see ; (met.
tiyi- khud, self, (herself). to enjoy.)
jo dar, in. .J Lil*}' , to enjoy a diver
(_>)Hj tdldb, a pond or lake.
sion, or entertainment.
jjii-ljul anddkhtan, to ^^s- chun, when.
throw. a j-Ltf sabdh, the dawn.
>iy nazd, near. rasidan, to arrive.
nisMn, sitting. (Sub.
<UJs hamah, all.
jj <far, in, into.
ijzjj raftan, to go. <_>l!lj £dZdi, a pond or lake.
the hand. uoliil uftddan, to fall.
bastan, to bind. <-_M db, water.
<&**j c^vmjJ dast-bastah, jj» farii, below, under
with folded hands. neath.
U>- /a, a place. ^^ijj raftan, to go.
t)y>- khud, self; (her). a Asc badd, after.
^jL-;l istddan, to stand. Li sddt, an hour, a
a <l£L» malikah, a queen. little time.
72 PERSIAN GBAMMAE.

severed heads rose out of the lake, and spontane

ously suspended themselves each to a branch of the
tree ; and the head of the queen was hung on a
branch above them all. Hatim came out of [his]
corner and looked at them [from] under the tree :
they were all laughing. Hatim said in his heart,
' If I can find this bewitching one alive, in whatever
way it may be (i.e., by some means or other), I
will marry her : it is astonishing that they should

j~> tar, the head. jl az, from, out of.

^Jj^j buridan, to cut, to J bar dmadan, to
sever. arise.
 BEADING LESSOKS. 73

Jp£? iiy>~ Mud ba-khud, 1^5T dnhd, they (pi. of ^l ).

self-by-self, i.e. of one's own (jJoJ didan, to see, look.
accord. khandah, laughing,
uJo j& har yak, each one ; laughter.
ali'. . -1 . rJ-jJ, to be laughing.
shdkh, a branch,
J J <W, the heart.
c: ~<jj) dirakht, a tree.
guftan, to say.
dwiMtan, to sus
^l if.
pend ; to catch hold (of any
thing and hang by it) ; tram. ^l i», this.
to be suspended. yWjo ndzanin, blandish
^l an, that. ing ; mei. a damsel.
jlj^-j tarddr, a general, JJjJ zindah, alive.
chief. yd/tan, to find, to
jl az, from ; than. obtain.
<UJ& hamuli, all. r«»wA, going, way,
^H.> bdldtar, comp. of ilb , manner.
above. Jwb <<£ (^ijj in any
^ bar, on. way that may be.
^Ijj^l awJza», suspended. jii dar, in.
ljJ*& gashtan, to turn, to a ^X£j nikdh, marrying,
become. marriage.
iJlij* giishah, a corner. Mud, self, own.
^J^l ji bar dmadan, to ,^t>yl dwardan, to bring.
ascend, come out of. , to marry.
j>j zir, below, under. a i— djab, wonderful,
diraMt, a tree. i s^ai, night, by night.
74 TEBSLiN GBAMMAB.

<^ ^li * ls-«~jI xofi Jol _fi<^r

_ iOl^J j--^-* i£.-s^ wl _ ijujl^uuj' j^^fl^i

be alive at night, and be suspended on the tree by

day : perhaps they are [under the influence of] en
chantment, or of a magician who has effected this deed.'
He was thinking thus when another day arrived : and
when evening came on, all the heads dropped again
from the tree, and sank into the lake. Hatim saw
from [his] corner that the heads, having resumed their
former order, spread the carpet and set on it the

x Sij zindah, living, alive. j, bar, on, upon.

^jjJi shudan, to be. l^-sS-jJ dirakht, a tree.
jjj riz, day, by day. awizdn, suspended.
 BEADING LESSONS. 75

jjJj J^T gardidan, to turn ; the head.

to become.
farud, descent.
^* magar, perhaps.
•I , to descend, drop
^lijl ishdn, they (pi. ofjl). jd dar, in. tdown'
j\ az, from, of.
£dZdi, pond, lake.
a *uM9 tilsam, talisman,
A Oj^ gkarak, immersed,
enchantment (pi. CjUhaA^).1 . -i Jj±, to sink. [8inkinS-
I; yd, or.
J>)ti\&- jddiigar, a magician ijjjs gushah, a corner.
Jul and, are. (j>XO didan, to see.
.jjjM in, this. (jl d», that, (before a pi.
noun, those).
jls Adr, work, deed. s ba, with, according to.
kardan, to do, per- j<p~>ti dastur, leave; mode,
aJ^i Jfltr, thought. [form- manner. [ceding.
^J^j liidan, to be. A JjL sabik, past, pre
<(£ fo'A, that; when. f>x* I dmadan, to come.
Jjy ruz, a day. a ^>ji farsh, spreading ;
«e&.| dkhar, another. a carpet.
randan, to arrive. U>X»jI^Uao gustaranidan,
to spread.
^y>- chiin, when. ^\ an, it, that.
night, evening. i^sf £«M£, a throne.
^Jut dmadan, to come. a ^cj* murassi, covered
jy idz, back, again. with gold or jewels.
<U*> hamah, all. ^jl^i nihddan, to place.
1 This plural is of doubtful authority : Johnson's Dictionary gives
(aldsim as the plural.
76 PERSIAN GRAMMAS.

}j, _ J^-»J *£L» * _ > J^T iiy>~ a^L*

jewelled throne. Those fairy-faced damsels prepared

the banquet, and were all diligently occupied in their
work. Hutim said in his heart, ' To-day their secret
will be made known, for that peri-faced maiden has
given [her] promise.' When it was midnight, they
covered the tables with viands, and the same damsel
having brought forward a tray, set it [before Hatim.]
Hatim said, ' Be faithful to your promise, that I may
eat.' The damsel, coming to her mistress, reported
[Hatim's words]. The queen said, ' Go, and say as
 BEADING LESSONS. 77

jjiji pari-ru, fairy-faced. Night.

a u*hsf majlis, assembly, guzasUan, To pass,
convivial meeting. elapse.
A sji»> safrat, Travelling-
(ji-jlj I drdstan, to adorn ;
to set in order. provisions ; a table.
a j»UL tddm, Eating, meat,
to prepare a
banquet. viands.
<UJs hamah, all. ^&*j\ji*J> gustardnidan,
To spread.
ji bar, on.
^Lkfc hamdn, The same.
kar, work.
^f>- kh'dn, A table, tray.
^y*- Mk^d, self; (their.)
Iji-j jpisA, Before.
a JuiL* mukaiyad, bound ;
attentive to, diligently em t dwardan, To bring.
ployed on. ^jl^j nihddan, To place.
(jiAs gasMan, to turn ; to a iJkCj waddat, A promise.
be.
a Uj Performing a
\ imriiz, to-day. promise; faithful.
j\j rdz, a secret, a mystery.
.£ To perform a pro
(^jIAjl toAda, they, their; mise.
(pLof^). Ij td, That, so that.
a madlum, known. a malikah, A queen.
^ kih, That; for. Jyi. Miirf, Self; (her).
jjufjipari-ru, Fairy-faced. jj>X^I dmadan, To come.
a iJuij waddat, A promise. .jS^ guftan, To say, to
tell.
^Jji kardan, To make.
^J^*^ farmudan, To com
cM», When. mand; say.
^ nim, Half. ^^iij raftan, To go.
78 PERSIAN GBAMMAR.

follows : ' The secret shall be made known when you

come before the queen ; but first eat the food, and after
wards come along with me to the presence of the
queen.' Hatim eat, and^ set out with her : the damsel
threw herself into the lake, and, diving, appeared
before the queen. Hatim also, shutting his eyes, threw
himself into the lake: when [his] feet touched the
ground, he opened his eyes and saw neither that lake,
 READING leIsons. 79

j\j rdz, A secret, mystery. gkiitah, Dipping,

a zamdn, Time.
^...uUj UT, [At] that
time . . . that : i.e., when.
ijS^j pish, Before, in pre
sence of.
a <n£L* malikah, A queen.
,^Lj M-di, 2nd pers. sing,
pres. of ^,x*l, to come,
with the prefix i and the
euphonic c£ .
A L«l ammd, But.
a Jjl avowal, First.
^Ijljuo , After that.
al^«Ji hamrdh, Together
with, along with (comp. of
^jd together, g\j a road).
j\ 6, He, she.
j^ljy raW», Going.
s£i&« parl-riil, Fairy-
faced.
Mirf, Self; (herself).
jj dar, in, into.
<dWi, A pond, lake.
^jii-ljol anddJMan, To
throw.
diving.
(joj zadan, To strike.
.J 4!?ji, To dive.
^)2«A, Before ; in
presence of.
rasidan, To arrive.
J«j »iz, Also, likewise.
chashm, The eye.
ij^> bastan, To bind,
shut.
khtid, self;- (himself).
chun, When.
i_?b pdl, Foot.
j> bar, On.
^^•J zam'm, Earth, ground
j^iXj.j^ rasidan, To arrive,
reach.
chashm, Eye.
.tyi. Murf, Self; (his).
(jjU^ fes^daaM, To open.
J didan, To see.
iU »«, Not.
dn, That.
c-Jb" tdldb, Pond, lake.
i^—ii^J diraTM, Tree.
11
80 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

9 . 's

nor the tree, nor the moon-faced damsels; [but] found

himself in a desert. Hatim raised a cry full of an
guish from the [bottom of his] heart, and threw dust
upon his head. A week passed [when] God took com
passion on him, and commanded his Eminence the
Prophet Khizr,1 thus, ' Hatim is wandering about in
the desert, bewildered and distressed ; it behoves you
to pay attention to him, for his name will become

1 Khizr is famous in Oriental tradition for having discovered and

drunk of the fountain of life, in consequence of which he is to live
till the last day. His name signifies ' green, verdant,' and green is
the sacred color with the Persians.
 BEADING LESSONS. 81

mdh, Moon. karam, Clemency,

iL* mdh-riit, Moon- grace, favor.
laced [damsel]. .£ |»£ karam k., To show
jJ dar, In. mercy or favor.
a Sj*is- hazrat, Presence,
a '\j£*, sahrd\ Desert,
dignity; an epithet often
plain. prefixed to the words, king,
Jp- Bud, Self; (himself). prophet, etc. ; similar to
(jiAJj a'iaara, To see ; Majesty, Highness, etc.
to find. a khizr, The prophet
5,*> nadrat, Clamor, a cry. Khizr.
jj pur, full. a hukm, Commanding;
an order. [plain.
jyi siiz, Burning ; heart '\rs.'a sahrd', A desert,
burning.
\\ «ss, From. a hairdn, Astonished
_/.>" y^rtr, liver, heart. bewildered, wandering.
i^Jyl iar dwardan, To^luijyj^flri«A<i»,Distressed
distracted.
bring up; to heave.
a saudd, Black ;
d/U>- AAdA, Dust. melancholy.
j-, «ar, Head. ijiifigiriftan, To seize.
l Jo l «»«akhtan. To Aii^jJ ^j~,, Seized with
throw. melancholy.
c^vftii Aa/if, Seven. ^uujb bdyhtan, toheneces-
sary or fit; 'UfauW
Night and day; the entire
day of twenty-four hours. a khabar, Knowing ;
news.
jjS-i jkf guzashtan, To pass. ij?i_fjt&-, To take cogniz
Ijci- khudd, God. ance of, to pay attention to.
82 PEBSIAN GRAMMAR.

b _ Ls-Jif * Jul JUtr jJU jjls-

famous for virtue throughout the world. In conse

quence of this, the Prophet Khizr, clothed in green,
and holding a staff in his hand, appeared [to Hatim]
on the right hand side. Hatim, on seeing him, rose
up. The prophet Khizr approached Hatim, and rubbed
his hand on his shoulder, whereupon he was reinstated
in his proper condition. [Hatim then] said, ' O vene
rable man, what place is this ' ? He replied, ' They
call it the desert of Khurush ' ? Hatim said, ' How

a jJU ddlam, The world. mashhur, Well-

ij ba, To, with. known, famous,
<tasr1U*>- chundnchih, Like
^£~j nilei, Goodness, virtue that which ; thus ; therefore.
 BEADING LESSONS.
sabz, Green.
I^ijj push, A covering.
^,jJj** sabz-push, Clothed
in green.
A Lac dsd, A staff.
dast, Hand.
giriftan, To seize,
hold.
a U»- jdnib, A part, a
side.
rdst, Eight [in all
senses of the word].
\ Juj paidd, Born, appearing
. -1 lju; , To appear.
^jjli^l istddan, To stand ;
to rise up.
a sj^2o~ hazrat, Presence,
dignity. (V. suprd).
ajtas*. Mizr, Proper name.
,iy nazd, Near.
^iX*I dmadan, To come.
«<w<, Hand.
Hi«", Self; (his own)
j bar, On, upon.
<ftt«A, Shoulder.
^jJU mdlidan, To rub,
to smooth.
83
kih, That, so that.
a JU- Ml, State, con
dition, circumstance.
JWr ia MZ, In its proper
state: Reinstated (in service
or condition).
.l J lac?, To recover, to
come to a state or condition.
o yd, Inter. O !
iZSjji buzurg, Great; a
saint.
jjjl in, This.
kuddm, Which?
what ?
A j»lL« ma^dm, Staying ;
a place.
^iJ^j farmudan,To com
mand ; to say.
'l^s"9 sahrd', Desert, plain
f>- Muriish, Lamenta
tion, crying : (here, a proper
name).
i^^if guftan, To say, call,
or name.
I.
ij chigimah, How ?
ySf-'j rasidan, To arrive.
84 PERSIAN GBAMMAB.

did I arrive in this desert ' ? He answered, ' You

threw yourself into the lake ; and the lake is enchanted,
and is a hundred farsangs from hence.' Hatim,on hear
ing this, threw himself in the dust, and exclaimed,
' How can I get [back] there ? I have given my life
and not attained my desire ! ' The prophet Khizr
asked, ' What is your desire ' ? [Hatim] replied,
That I may return to the place where I was.' Xhizr

1 The plural used for the singular as a mark of respect. — Vide

' Grammar.'

.
 BEADING LESSONS.
y tii, Thou.
<>f&. JMd, Self; (thyself)
tdldb, A pond, lake.
^jia-l-Xil anddkhtan, To
throw.
j\ as, From ; of.
A CjU*JJ? tilismdt, Talis
mans ; enchantment. V. ante.
lscul inja, This place;
here.
Jus sad, A hundred.
fartang, A league,
a parasang.
Jl&I^. kh'dhad (sign of
the future).
j\ as, From; on.
^JuxS «Aw»ia«», To hear,
v.n. The hearing.
Tdiiid, Self; (himself)
jii dar, In.
ciAi- Md£,Earth,ground;
. dust.
tjjSo- chigimah, How ?
(^ji^uiljJ tuwdnistan, To be
able.
i^Ju-y rasidan, To arrive.
^)U>- job, Life, soul, spirit.
Jyi- Self; (my).
^jIj dddan, To give.
a jj^* murdd, Wished ;
desire, wish.
J (jJu->; rasidan-ba, To
arrive at ; to obtain.
^Ju-j^j purMan, To ask.
a murdd, Wished ;
ire, wish,
y Thou ; gen. Thy.
l:. " v chilst, What is?
(for <t»-).
(i^Ji^guftan, To say.
^ls>- /rfi, A place.
& kih, That.
^J^j biidan, To be.
^Ujs hamdn, The same.
U-/d, Place.
^.X*-^ rasidan, To arrive.
U^y^j farmiidan, To com
mand ; to say.
A Las dtd, Staff.
^ >»«», I : (gen. of me,
my.)
giriftan, To seize,
lay hold of.
86 • PERSIAN GRAMMAK.

* Jul&^sTjl v^s-jti ij^>\£jj ^yla^-j

said, ' Take hold of my staff, and shut both your eyes.'
Hatim did so : some little time elapsed, and when his
feet reached the ground, he opened his eyes and saw
the same lake, the same tree, and the same heads hanging
on the branches of the tree.1

1 For the satisfaction of the reader, we may inform him that the
lady, whose head is so strangely disunited from her body during the
day-time, is the daughter of a magician, and that Hatim, after a
variety of marvellous adventures, succeeds in releasing and marrying
her.
 BEADING LESSONS. 87

j&, har, All. >^^ij zarrAn, Earth, ground

jti dii, Two ; Jfc , Both. ^Ju-j; rasidan, To arrive.
chashm, The eye. j*uh»- chashm, Eye.
Jiyi- khiid, Self; (your).' jjOLl^ kushddan, To open.
ij^> bah bastan, To bind ; j^Jo J didan, To see.
shut to. ^Ujs hamdn, The very
hamchundn, Thus. (same).
i^^fi kardan, To do. l-jUU' £dWi, A pond, lake.
a m «cL) Hour ; mo ij^v=>-jo dirahht, Tree.
ment ; a little time.
Li shdkh, Branch.
[ji-i ii* ffvzashtan, To pass. awiyhtah, Sus
y^s- cAu», When. pended.
a kadam, Foot, step. Jul a»«', Are. (Verbal
Jar, On. termination).
88 PERSIAN GBAMMAU.

EXTRACT II.

THE 'GULISTAN' OF SAADI:

CHAPTER I. TALE 27.

[text.]

[litebal tbanslation.]
A person had reached perfection in the art of wrestling.
He knew three hundred and sixty precious sleights in
this art, and every day he wrestled with a different
device. But his heart was inclined towards the beauty
of one of his pupils : he taught him three hundred and
fifty-nine throws, but [there was] one, the teaching of
 READING LESSONS. 89

[vocabulary.]
yakl, One; a certain IJ^» mdgdr, But, however.
" person. <Lij^ giishah, An angle ;
J bd, To, in. corner. [mind.
a LS-*jCu« sandt, Trade, art. a^LliU JAdtir, Thought,
[Au«i Fighting, l^i- Ash, His.
- wrestling. b i<f, With, to.
j~i sar, The head ; summit.
Jt*s>- jamdl, Beauty.
^tX* I dmadan, To come.
y«£J, One.
.I i<J-w d., To reach
perfection. jl aa, From, of.
si sad (for Jus <Lj J^Li shdgird, A scholar,
sih fad), Three hundred. pupil.
LS -,.a.t, shest, Sixty. a J-^» maW, Inclination.
JCJ i<i»<?, A band ; a j^ji^ilj ddshtan, To have.
sleight. [excellent. .J J--* To be in
A fdkhir, Precious, clined to.
jJ dar, In. ilscu panjdh, Fifty.
^ to, for ^jjl, This. <U Nine.
a Jx Knowledge ; Jco A band; sleight,
' science. i^i- Ash, Him, to him.
^jSjwJl J ddnistan, To know jo rfar dmiiTJitan,
a ^ «,a, And. , To teach.
Mr, All, every. I^JL* mdgdr, But ; except.
j:j rhz, A day. M, That.
a £jj »ild, Species, kind. WT t£, Which,
the J of unity, A, jJ <for, In.
^£,i> a%<w, Another. a *»1*J tadVm, Teaching.
90

which he deferred. The youth was perfect in skill and

strength, and no one could withstand him, till he at
length boasted before the Sultan that he allowed his
master the superiority over him only out of respect to
his years, and what wa3 due to him as an instructor ;
and that but for that he was not inferior to him in
strength, and on a par with him in skill. To the king,

^l an, It. pisar, A son; a boy;

a ^iJ dafd, Repelling; a youth.
putting off. a tj^.M*e sandi, A trade,
jjisi-ljjl anddkhtan, To art.
throw. j wa, And.
.l jJj dafd a., To post a LZJji kuwat, Strength,
pone, defer. power.
 BEADING LESSONS. 91

.t jma) b&sar A., To reach l <w£, Is.

perfection. Jl «z, From, by.
^ju£ Msi, One, any one. ^jjj riii, The face ; cause,
\j rd, Sign of the dative reason.
case. sAljjl «z rii, On account
Ij bd, With. "of.
j\ u, He, him. ^j^>jj buzurgi, Grandeur,
a j^l^tl imkdn, Possibility " greatness.
a l£-^jIa* mukdwamat, A tjo- hakk, Truth [an
attribute of God] ; just claim,
Opposition. right; befitting; discharging
j na, No, not. an obligation.
^Jjj biidan, To be. a c^-jy tarbiyat, Educat
W £<2, As far as, until ing.
^(Js-haM-i tarbiyat
a Jc>- hadd, A boundary, Gratitude for education.
limit.
<l£ c_50k=E^ £d ba-haddi a 3l j wa Uld, And if not,
kih, Until. nevertheless.
jpfoA, Before. a CJjS hiiwat, Strength.
a ^UsLj sultan, The Sultan j\ az, From, than.
^^iif guftan, To say. j ii, Him.
Kft, That. kam, Few, little ; less ;
worse.
jliJ ustdd, A master. Ji t&r, Sign of the com
^ ra, sign of the dative. parative.
a tUU«ai fazilat, Excellence, j»'^-3 riistam, I am not.
superiority. a c:^c«g sandt, A pro
fldr, On, over. fession ; art ; skill.
^ m<i», I, me. \» bd, With.
92 PEESIAN GBAMMAR.

j ti,^^ ^>^J* tfS*'* (_5^#^' *

this want of respect was displeasing. He commanded

them to wrestle. A spacious place was assigned : the
Pillars of the State and Grandees of the Court were
present. The youth entered like a furious elephant,
with a shock that, had his adversary been a mountain
of iron, would have uptorn it from its base. The
master perceived that the young man was his superior

bardbar, Equal. CJiJi tark, Forsaking,

|»- dm, verb, suf., I am. leaving.
a malik, King. t_>t)l adab, Good manners ;
respect.
\j rd, sign of the dative. t—)jl CJji tark-% adab,
^ in, This. Rudeness.
 BEADING lessons.
±S) j\ az wai, From him
(i.e. the youth).
^Jjjuuuuj pasandidan, To
please.
iJjJ»^uyj pasandiddh,Pleas
ing.
^)tX^! dmadan, To come.
J^Lj iJo Ji*uj , Did not
please.
^jy^j farmiidan, To com-
^ <hA, That. [mand-
a iic^L^* OTiwJrdai,Wrest
ling.
wj£ kardan, To do, make.
a makdm, Station ; a
place.
a ^u^a muttasi, Large,
broad, spacious.
a jj-x* m&ayyan, Fixed,
appointed, assigned.
a arkdn (pi. of ^ )
columns, pillars.
A Li-JjJ ar£a»-»
daulat, Pillars of the state,
i.e., nobles.
a yLcl adydn (pi. of ^^c)
Eyes : great men, grandees.
a ULtj-a». hazrat, Presence ;
dignity; majesty.
93
A^*jU- hdzir, Present.
(jA-Ii shudan, To be.
jjujJ pisar, A son ; a boy, a
youth.
^y>- oMin, As, like.
J-j jriZ, Elephant.
m -, ,9 m&st, Drunk ;
furious.
.l jAjl ddr d., To come in.
a Li-v»Ju« sadmat, Blow,
collision, shock.
/\ agdr, If.
A mountain.
li£~Jbl dhanin, Iron, made
of iron.
^Jjj bMan, To be.
J I az, From.
A place.
j> bdr Itwn&an, To
tear up by the root.
ck~,\ ustdd, A master.
ljMuj\j ddnistan, To know.
^j>- jawdn, A youth;
young,
j jl Than him.
a CUjS Mwat, Strength.
jjj bdrtdr, Higher; supe
rior.
94 PEBSIAN GRAJIMAB.

in strength. He fastened on him with that strange

(i.e. unknown) grip which he had kept concealed from
him. The youth knew not how to foil it. The pre
ceptor lifted him with both hands from the ground,
raised him above his head, and dashed him to the
earth. A shout (of applause) arose from the multitude.
The King commanded them to bestow a robe of honor
and a reward on the master, and rebuked and reproached
the youth, saying, ' Thou hast presumed to encounter

c: .<,.i dst, Is. j\ ae wat, From him.

J\±> bAd-dn, With that. nihdn, Hidden, con-
Jcj band, A band ; sleight. cealod.
a c_~>j£ ghar'ib, Strange, ^/^^ ddshtan, To have;
turious. keep.
 BEADING lessons. 95

L bd wai, With him, ji b&r dmadan, To

on him. arise.
c^a£^l jJ </<Jr dwilMan, a uJl* malik, A king.
to suspend, to hang on ; {met. ^ farmudan, To order
to fasten on).
a j_sO dafd, Repelling; L? td, That.
warding off. j'vi->l ustdd, The master.
(^I an, It. a khildt. A robe,
j n&, Not. a robe of honor.
(^P^uilt} ddnistan, To know a nlmat, Favor,
benefit, boon.
ws?d</, Master.
^jlj dddan, To give.
Two.
^*uj ^4*ar, Boy, youth.
c^-;J r/us£, Hand.
A^>-j zyV, Hindering, re
^j^*: za»»i», Ground.
buking.
^^i-ilj ^ i<w ddshtan, To
A maldmat, Re
raise, lift up.
proaching.
ill; idW, Above.
wJ^ kardan, To make.
j-j *ar, Head.
M, That.
burdan, To bear, to
lift. b&r, On (in construction
with the sentence following,
j b&r, On. but may be omitted in trans
^j-^J s«otJ», Earth, ground lating).
^JJ ssadan, To strike, dash. *Jjjj)^j parwarandaih, A
jjyi t^iriw, Clamour; a cherisher, educator.
shout. ^ijp- (Him-) self ;
j\ az, From. (his).
a (j^s- khalk, Creation ; a •£J ddwct, Pretension ;
people. claim; (met. challenge).
12
 96 PEBSIAN GRAMMAR.

- L^iljwt jjjJ (iT* ^ ^ <ULJ,J ^J*^

him who educated thee, and thou hast failed. He

replied, ' Sire ! jny master overcame me not by
strength or power, but one small point in the art
of wrestling he withheld from me ; and by this
trifle he has to-day gotten the victory over me.' The
preceptor said, ' I reserved it for such a day as this ;
for the sages have said: "Give not thy friend so much
power, that if one day he should become a foe, thou

Li-^lL« muMwamat, Re . j -uyj basttr b., To carry

sisting ; opposition. to an end ; to accomplish ;
^Csji kardan, To make. (met. to succeed) .
j~> sar, Head, summit. ijsiS' guftan, To say.
U Jfj burdan, To bear. | di, O !
 BEADING LESSONS. 97

kkuddwand, Lord, b&d-dn, With that.

master. a <£iLJ J dakikat, Subtile ;
ustdd, Preceptor. a minute portion, trifle.
jjj sor, Strength. ji b&r, On, over.
a leiiwat, Strength, jjiib l^wjJ <fcw£ yaftan,
power. To gain the victory.
j> b&r, On, over. ^jmS" guftan, To say.
t^y» man, I, me. «z, From.
ci-wjJ d&st, Hand. For, on account
cpjb yaftan, To find. of; (often takesj\ before it).
y . j l^--,-;J d&st y. Mr, To chunin, Thus, such.
gain the victory over.
ygy nisi, A day. [tion
Jj bal, But.
il& nigdh, A look, observa-
jj d&r, In.
a {Xs- thn, Knowledge, art. j^j^-il J ddshtan, To have.
kushti, Wrestling. . J al& »»^aA d., To keep
guard, preserve.
a <s3ui J daUkat, Subtile ;
is kih, That, for.
a minute portion.
^ Jul* mdndan, To remain. a hukamd (pi. of^
;T az, From. ) wise (men), sages.
»«d», I, me. diist, Friend.
j_>jO dirigh., Denial, re yljo^- chanddn, Many; so
fusal. much. [power-
^jj£>\j ddshtan, To have. A iZJji kuwat, Strength,
. J ^JjJ <fcrz^ rf., To * ma, Not, (prohibitive).
withhold, refuse. >^jlj dddan, To give.
!j) imrhz, To-day. jTl agar, if.
98 PERSIAN GBAMMAB.

mayest not be able to resist him." Hast thou not heard

what once was said by one who had suffered wrong
from a pupil of his own ?
" On earth there is no gratitude I trow;
Or none, perhaps, to use it now pretend ;
None learn of me the science of the bow
Who make me not their target in the end." '
 BEADING LESSONS.
iJjjj riizi, Day, one day.
^j'-ajS>J dmhmani, Enmity.
.£ ^ji^0, To become
hostile.
\> bd, "With.
j\ He, him.
a ti-~«tlL» muMwamat,
Opposing; resistance.
j »<I, Not. [able.
Iju*uj\y tuwdnistan, To be
.oAgXA To hear.
iJu^i> shunidah-i, (Hast)
thou not heard ?
<t>- cA»A, What.
^/uf guftan, To say.
<l£i l dnkih, He who.
J l ass, From.
iJjm^j parward&h, Edu
cated ; a pupil.
OySt. kMd, Self ; (his own)
a U:>- jafd, Oppressing;
treating cruelly; cruelty.
^JoO didan, To see.
.J [is>- jafd d., To suffer
wrong.
99
y yd, Or, either.
a \jj wafd, Performing a
promise ; fidelity, sincerity ;
(trans. 'gratitude').
Jy>. IMd, Self; (itself).
tjOjJ budan, To be.
jj ddr, In.
a JU ddlam, The world.
m&gar, But; perhaps.
&m, A person, any one.
>jijti d&r in, In this.
iiLfj zamdnah, Time.
^ kardan, To make ;
practise.
(jii-^l dmiiIMan, To
learn.
A j»Lc Knowledge ; art.
j£ tir, Arrow.
jfj ^Aa, Archery.
^ j\ az man, From me.
\j* m&rd, Me.
A c^-ilc ddkibat, Coming
after; end; finally; in the end.
<U Liu nishdnah, A mark ;
a butt for archers.
100 PEESIAN GEAMMAB.

EXTRACT III.

THE 'ANVAK-I STJHAILI,'

Chapter I., Story 15.
THE STORY OF THE THREE FISHES.
[text.]

[literal translation.2]
They have related that there was a pool of water at
a distance from the highway, and hidden from the
notice of travelers; and its retired waters were pure
like the faith of the spiritual,3 and its appearance such
as to suffice those who were in search of the water of
life ; and this lake communicated with a running stream.
1 In poetry and poetic prose, Arabic adjectives sometimes precede
their nouns. ( Vide Grammar).
2 The translation is Prof. Eastwick's. Of the verses, literal
versions are added in the notes.
3 ^S*T° Siifi is also the name of a religious sect in Persia.
 BEADING LESSONS. 101
[Note.-—In this Vocabulary, the Persian verbs which are com
pounded with Arabic verbal nouns are marked thus, aux. v.]
[VOCABULABY.]
^Jjj \ dwardan, To bring ; a (_siU> «a/i, Pure.
relate. a iJ>Ji>Li^ mushdhadah,
kih, That. Seeing, sight, appearance.
jSS\ db-g'vr, A pool, pond. ash, His, its.
j\ az, From. A tdlib, Asking ;
a shdri (Going into seeking, pi. [those] seeking.
water) : a highway. V ehashmah, Fountain.
jjJ diir, Bemote ; far off. a <-^>Lr>- haydt, Living,
a ^jo/tj tdarrm (Happen life.
ing) : being exposed [to ob \j rd, Sign of dative.
servation]. a kdfi, Sufficient,
s\j rdh, Koad. sufficiency.
ji£ guzar, Passing. ^\ In, This.
Traveler. a^Jlc ^arfir(Frandnlent) :
a maMfty, Hidden, a pool.
concealed. <ij J«A, With.
master, Covered, j—-> I di-*' rawa»,
retired. Running water, a stream.
<_>T db, Water. A JLi>i ittisdl, Communi
ash, His, its. cation; conjunction.
l^j*- cAm», Like. ^jSmilj ddshtan, To have.
a j\hs.\ itikdd, Faith. In.
a ^jjj-s skft, Wise ; pious, j for j^, He, it.
spiritual. i.-o sih, Three.
102 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

In it abode three large fishes, such that the celestial

fish,' through envy of them, was broiled on the frying-
pan of jealousy, like Aries by the heat of the sun.
And one of those three fishes was Very Cautious, and
the second Cautious, and the other Helpless. Sud
denly, in the season of spring, when the world, from
the adornment of its flower-gardens, was like the
garden of paradise ; and all parts of earth's surface,

^jiL» mdhi, A fish. sipihr, The sphere,

uJ^li shigarf, Rare ; fine. the celestial globe.
kih, That, such that. j\ az, From, through.
A UUy>~ hiit (A large fish) : CS-^j rashk, Envy.
the sign Pisces. J&A ishdn, They(pl.ofJ)
1 That is, the sign Pisces.
 READING LESSONS. 103

j> bar, On. alflj' ndgdh, Suddenly.

j J «V, In.
tdbah, A frying-pan.
a CJfji ghairat, Jealousy.a aUl ayydm, pi., Days ;
^^>- ehun, Like. times; seasons.
jlyj bahdr, The spring.
a i^as- hamal (A full-
grown lamb). Aries. <(£ That, when.
i-jb" tab (Strength), heat.
^1^9- jahdn, The world.
t_>lii I dftdb, The sun. (_>uj!j I drdyish, Ornament,
>^iji birydn, Roasted, embellishment.
broiled. guhdr, A rose-garden.
^Jui shudan, To be. jljj^J namiidar, An ex
dram, Rest, repose; emplar, copy ; like.
a dwelling-place. bdgk, A garden.
^p-ilj drdmddshtan,
A^jJ^i firdaus (A garden)
To rest, repose ; dwell. paradise.
yaki, One. tiJiAS' gashtan, To turn,
Jl sss, From, of. become.
d«, That, those, a uJ^sl «£rd/ pi., Sides,
tracts, parts.
<L Three. a LUuj iwd£ (Extensive),
»»dAz, A fish. a plain, a surface.
a ahzam (from A ghflbrd (Of the color
More (or most) cautious orof dust), the earth.
\jfi tloj, The surface of
;0 <%ar, Another. the earth.
a |»jU- ^dz»V», Prudent, riydhtn, pi. Odori
cautious. ferous herbs.
a>-U da/Vz, Weak, help- •J 0 duruWwhandah,
shining, bright.
104 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

- ^l^v u/13/ buVr cr^

from its bright and sweet-scented plants, resembled the

azure vault full of stars ; when the chamberlain, the
morning breeze, had adorned earth's floor with many-
hued carpets, and the peerless gardener of creation had
ornamented the world with flowers of divers colors,
VERSE.
Morn's musk-diffusing breeze the garden fanned :
White as the loved one's cheek, the jasmine pale 1

1 Lit. The garden [was] loaded with musk by the breeze of the
morn,
The jessamine, in its delicacy, like the cheek of a beloved
one ;
 BEADING LESSONS.
^y>~ chun, Like.
a <Ui kubbah, A vault, arch.
a khazrd ' (Heaven)
green, (i.e. azure).
pur, Full.
a kaiodkib, plur.,
* t
Stars, constellations.
a i^r,\j» farrdsh (One who
spreads the carpets) ; a cham
berlain.
a L«s saba\ The Zephyr.
a l2-*uj basit (Expanded),
expanse.
zamin, Earth.
\jiyi farsh, (Spreading) ; a
carpet.
j rang, Color.
various colors
drdstan,- To adorn.
^Lcb bdghbdn,K gardener
a sand, Making,
creating; (creation).
i^y^J bi-chiin, Incompar
able : (an attribute of God).
ij^>- chaman, Meadow,
verdant plain, parterre, garden
^jl^- jahdn, The world.
105
Ji' gul, A rose.
^£ gun, Color.
Of various colors,
j^i-jl^o pirdstan, To adorn
a ^aj nazm, (Composing
verses), verse, poetry.
chaman,Gar&en, mea
dow, verdant plain, parterre.
A nasim, A gentle
breeze.
a w saba', Blowing from'
the east, (wind); the east-
wind ; the zephyr.
La^ j nasim-i sflia',The
zephyr, the breeze from the
east, i.e. the morning breeze.
j\jLiL* muthk-bdr, Loaded
with musk ; musk-burdened.
i^pW saman, Jessamine.
a ij^ilia! latdfat, Grace,
elegance.
chu, When ; like.
rukhsdr, The cheek.
j\j4 ydr, A friend ; a mis
tress.
J zi, From, by, at.
i>[> bad, Wind, breeze.
a^-s-' sahar, Dawn.
106 PERSIAN GBAM1TAB.

_jU »>Sjs JS jS.-' J

ilfT <bulj (jLaU * XCJ>\^Li ^JyT i_>^J

Hung graceful : and—like mistress, smiling bland,

Bending propitious to the lover's tale—
To the young breeze roses their hues unveil. 3
all at once, two or three fishermen happened to pass
by that water, and by the will of God they discovered
the circumstances of the abode of those three fishes in
that lake, exactly as things really 'were. Having
agreed therefore on a rendezvous with one another,
they hastened to bring their nets, and the fishes,

1 jU«s means any kind of 'hunter' or 'sportsman' ; the epithet

which follows, viz. jj> 'fish-taking,' restricts it here to a
' fisherman.'
3 Lit. At the breath of the dawn the rose opened her lips,
Like a smiling beauty blandishing [her] lover.
 HEADING LESSORS.
J» gul, A rose.
^jiJ dihan, The mouth,
ib bdz, Back.
^lj, jb , To open, unfold.
chu, When; like.
a J,yuJK madshi.k, Be
loved ; a beloved object.
JoS- khanddn. Laugh
ing, smiling.
a ^JLilc ddshik, A lover.
jly »awaz, Blandishing,
caressing, coquetting with,
ili U ndgdh, Suddenly.
dii, Two.
<t-o «A, Three.
a oL^» saiydd, A hunter.
jJ> ^t>\* mdhi-glr, Fish-
taking; a fisherman.
jji^ guzar, Passing.
j> bar, Upon; trans, 'by.'
jJj l db-glr, A pond, lake.
w/Xa^», To fall;
to happen.
j\ az, From, by.
a 'LaS tea', Decree, man
date.
a ildhi, Divine.
107
a J\y>~ I ahwdI(pi. of J U- )
States, circumstances.
al^~»IjI ikdmat, Stopping,
staying.
<Ui ^jjl In sth, This three
(i.e. these three).
^jtoU OTdAJ, A fish.
jl Jui ghadir, A pool, lake.
a ^j&U^ foya, As it
is ; true state.
jjiib jj «ar ydftan, To
find out, discover.
I bd, With.
^jJ^j yak-digar, One an
other.
a obc.^ jwidda', The place
or time of a promise ; a
rendezvous.
^jl^j nihddan, To place ;
appoint.
i_yl ianii, For, on account
"of.'
aam, A snare, net.
^Jj^l dwardan, To bring
(the bringing) .
^jsilx£i shitdftan, To make
haste.
UUU (pi. of ^U),
Fishes,
j! as, From, of.
108 PERSIAN GBAMlfAB.

<jj L^j >^jc^iJ u^?") us-wlj lujI>j ^_f*y>-

having gained intelligence of that circumstance, im

mersed as they were in water, were, nevertheless, made
to consort with the fire of anguish. When night drew
on, the fish that was perfectly wise and possessed
extreme caution, inasmuch as he had often witnessed
the violence of oppressive fortune, and the petulance of
the faithless heavens, and as his foot was planted firmly
on the carpet of experience, began to reflect on the
means of escape from the net of the fishermen, and to
ponder on deliverance from their bonds.

djolj wdUat, An accident, a 0«£ din, The eye ; flow

occurrence. ing; the essence, the thing
alS' I dgah, Aware. [come. lS\ db, Water. EitsoU-
gashtan, To turn, be- l> bd, With.
 BEADING lessons.
^Jlu \ , dtish, Fire.
a hasrat (Sighing
for grief), anguish.
ham-rdh, Fellow-
traveler ; along with.
^y^- chun, When.
k^J^ shab, Night.
^.X*t jJ dar dmadan, To
come in, arrive.
a JJilc ddkil, Prudent, wise
a Jw<l£ kdmil, Perfect.
a hazm, (Binding),
vigilance, caution.
A CUjbj ziyddat (Being
increased), abundant.
^ji^ilj ddshtan, To have,
possess.
^y*- chiin, "When ; because
bdrhd (pi. of
(Many) times.
l^-jJ dast, The hand.
Jj ci^-jj dast-burd, Su
periority, victory ; {met. vio
lence) .
<0L»; zamdnah, Time ;
fortune.
j\£\Ju>- jafd-kdr (A tor
mentor, oppressor), oppressive
shiiljh, Petulant.
109
_
chashm, The eye.
.»» yS> shuUi-chashmi,
" Impudence.
j-t-~> sipihr, The sphere.
^ M, "Without.
AjL^cl Uibdr (Taking an
example, and benefitting by
it) ; faith.
>^Jo J didan, To see.
j bar, On.
a LLuj bisdt, A level coun
try, expanse ; cushion, carpet.
a tejsf tajribat, Experi
ence.
a c^jIj sdbit, Firm, fixed.
a kadam, A foot, step.
•Liu Jul andishah, Consi
deration, thought.
A ^jJi^- khaldsi, Freedom,
" liberation, escape.
\>i dam, A snare, a net.
a J\Le saiydd, A hunter.
a j£i fikr, Thinking,
thought.
A u^jUsT najdt; Escaping;
salvation.
A Tiaid, Confinement.
^LjJ khdti, They ; {gen.
their).
>
110 PEBSIAN GEAMMAB.

\j ^. } _ J^3. lS;j uIX-j u~j

VERSE.
Own him as prudent and as throughly wise,
Who founds his actions on a base secure,
But in whose caution aught defective lies,
His ground of action is most weak, be sure.1
He therefore adopted expeditious measures, and before
even consulting with his friends, made his exit on the
side adjacent to the flowing stream. In the morning

1 Lit. Recognise that man as prudent and wise,

Who lays a solid foundation for all his proceedings ;
The man whose caution is not firm,
The foundation of all his designs will be very weak.
 BEADING LESSONS. Ill

aJo\ii- khdtir, Mind. u^sr> sakht, Hard, strong;

(jo^l Jo\s?, To consider. extremely.
a |Ja3 nazm, Composing -vauaj Soft, weak.
(verses) ; poetry. jp«w, After ; then ;
>$±s*dj>- &hirad-mand,WiBe therefore. [peditious.
tliCwj saiwA, Active, ex-
Ulj ddnd, Learned ; a
learned man. vjjj nwrf, Progress.
y^u£ kasi, One, any one, .j ilCn> (Quick motion)
"some one. expedition.
(^jia-Ljl> shindkhtan, To £dr, An action.
know. .l jlw , To put in practice,
<6 hih, That, who. set to work.
a S^* muhkam (Fortified) bi, Without.
firm.
l dnkih, That which.
^jly nihddan, To place,
to put. b id, With.
Mr, An action. jb ydr, A friend.
a (jwL>l «*ds, Afoundation, a iZJjAuut rnmhdwarat,
basis. Consulting.
fjl,- hih.. ash, Whose A jar. A part, a
A (Binding) ; ij bah, With.
vigilance, caution. i-rJ\ db-i rawdn,
jLiLj »a-Wste?, Is not ; Running water.
(from a (J*i~» muttasil,Adjoining
ilu-^J dmrmt, Entire ; ij)jj?> Urun, Without, out.
perfect. [dation. raftam, To go.
A bj imd, Building ; foun- a ^s. dla', Above, upon.
a Muhimm, Great, im Jl dl, inseparable Arabic
portant [business]. article, The.
13
112 PEBSIAN SBAMMAR.

the fishermen came and firmly secured both sides of

the lake. Then the half-wise fish, who was adorned
with the ornament of good sense, but who possessed no
share of the stores of experience, when he beheld this
state of things, felt much contrition, and said, ' I have
chosen to be negligent, and the termination of the
affairs of the supine is like the present. It behoved

a ^L* sabdh, The morning a hdzir, Present.

^L-all dla' al-sabdh, j& har du (All two),
both.
At dawn.
a i_*0 1>- jdnib, A part, a
a jU saiydd, A hunter.
 READING LESSONS.
I dbgir, A pond, lake.
a /Xs'* muhkam (Fortified)
firm.
^^0*0 <U bah bastan, To
fasten to.
dn, That.
*J nim, Half.
a JjIc daW, Prudent, wise.
<s£ That; who.
ij bah, With.
i>^-J pirdyah (Adorned),
ornament.
khirad, Understand
ing, wisdom.
tz~>\j\ drdstah, Adorned.
A Uit ammd, But.
j\ az, From, of.
a zakMrat, Trea
sure ; hoard, store.
A tajribat, An ex
periment; (experience).
sjj^i bahrah, Part, share.
j na, Not.
^tS-ilj ddshtan, To have,
possess.
When.
jjjjH J», This.
113
a JU- M£, State, condition
a iJJ6luw» mmhdhadah,
Seeing; contemplating.
^^^♦j namudan, To show;
[aux. v.)
.i mjt,\^, To see, look
at, consider.
jJU-jjIj pasUmdni, Re
pentance, shame.
jLwJ bisydr, Much.
^>Sjyi*. khurdan, To eat ;
[met. to experience).
^jJo guftan, To say.
a c^Jjtf ghaflat, Impru
dence; negligence.
Jojjj warzidan (To sow a
field) ; to exercise.
sar-anjdm, Con
clusion; end; issue.
j<& kdr, An action ; affair.
a Jilc ghdfil, Imprudent;
negligent, careless.
^j~s- ehmin, Thus, in thig
manner.
jj0jj budan, To be.
!ji*ujb bdyistan, To be
necessary.
man, I.
114 PERSIAN GBAMMAR.

_ iXjb ^jjjj jl <USlj

* f
j jL* ftL& _ sxt, cyy jj/ u^v- _

me, like that other fish, before the descent of calamity,

to have taken thought for myself, and previous to the
assault of misfortune to have pondered the way to
escape.
COUPLET.
Think of the cure before the thing occurs,
He grieves in vain who till 'tis past defers.1
Now since the opportunity of flight is gone, it is the

1 Lit. The remedy for an occurrence should be made before the

event;
Regret does no good, when the aifair has got beyond our
reach.
 BEADING LESSONS.
^y>- cMn, When, like.
a (^kb mdhi, A fish.
J digar, Another ; (the)
other.
I_/!u-j pish, Before; (often
takes jl after it).
a J^Jj nussirt, Descending ;
happening, befalling.
*h bah', Misfortune, evil,
trouble.
*x ^<w», Grief; care.
4yi- TOM, Self.
khurdan, To eat;
(a«r. v. to ^).
^Jjyi. ^ gham khkrdan.
To care (i.e. to take thought).
a J-i kabl, The fore part ;
before; (takes j\ after it).
a pysP hvjiim, Attacking ;
coming on ; assault.
a c^-j| dfat, Misfortune,
calamity.
a£ifikr,Thinking, thought
a (jfiili- khalds, Liberation,
escape, safety.
^,0^ kardan, To make;
(auz. v.)
a -in; A couplet.
115
a _X« Applying (a
remedy) ; a remedy.
a <txi\j wdki&t, Accident,
occurrence.
(ji-j pish, Before.
a ^jjsj wukM, Falling ;
happening.
(^uAj bdyistan, To be
necessary,
jjjj dirigh, Regret, sor
row for past offence.
siid, Gain, profit,
advantage.
t;ji^,lt> ddshtan, To have,
possess.
y>- chu, When.
JS Mr, An action, affair.
raftan, To go.
j j\ az dast r., To go
from the hand ; i.e. to get be
yond control.
akrviin, Now.
(j^a- chiin, When, since.
a c-,fffi fursat, Occasion,
opportunity.
Jj^S ^wb, Flying, flight.
a LZiO fait, Passing away,
slipping (as an occasion).
116 PEHSIAN GBAMMAB.

Jl,b Jjlc liy* <UJS ^\ b 1*l _ Ji~y t-^^J

time for stratagem and artifice, and although they have

said that deliberation during the time of disaster yields
but little advantage, and but small fruition is derivable
from the produce of good sense in the period of
calamity ; still, notwithstanding all this, it behoves a
wise man in no way to despair of the benefits of
wisdom, nor to allow of delay or tardiness in repelling
the devices of an enemy. He then made himself

l»l&J& hangam, Time, sea Jo^a harchand, How

son. much soever ; although.
ajL* makr, Plotting, ma Ij^s& guftan, Ho say.
chination.
a ij:*1>.-* hilat, Fraud, a ^ojJ tadbir, (Setting in
stratagem. order;) deliberation.
 BEADING LESSONS.
jj dar, In.
a c^-oj waU, An hour ;
time.
\> bald, Misfortune, trouble.
a ssAi fd'idah, Profit,
advantage; utility.
jSAjj iwAtor (comp. of
C/^^Oj more; very much.
(joiJ dddan, To give, to
yield.
Jl ass, Prom.
a samarat (Fruit) ;
profit; produce.
A rd'i (Seeing) ; know
ledge; wisdom; good-counsel.
^J^*j zarnan, Time.
a dfat, Misfortune,
calamity.
a tamattu, (Using),
1 reaping advantage.
A CUjbJ ziyddat (Being
increased) ; more, much.
ijS+~,j rasidan, To arrive ;
to come [from].
ammd, But; notwith
standing, [all this.
<S^, ^jjl \j bd in hamah,With
iij* mard, A man.
a JJilc ddkil, Prudent.
117
j^ojb buyistan, To be
necessary.
Job bayad, 'Oportet,' it
behoves.
«_i manafUjA. ofijiSO**)
Gains, advantages, benefits.
ddnish, 'Wisdom,
knowledge.
hich, Nothing, none.
a 4g»»« wajh, Manner, way,
mode.
is>-j ^Ltf , In no way.
J na-ummid, Hopeless.
^ Jj J^* gardidan, To turn ;
become.
jJ dar, In. [pelling.
a ^iJ Pushing, re-
a jJIL* maM'id, (pi. of
iiX»C»), Frauds, devices,
j^^-iJ dushman, An enemy.
a j-i-*b ta-TMr, (Delay
ing), procrastination.
a tawakM, Waiting,
tardiness.
Li rwd, Going; right.
^ji^ilj !jj To approve;
deem right ; allow.
!jmJ pds, After ; then ;
therefore.
118 PERSIAN GBAMMAR.

appear dead, and went floating on the surface of the

water. One of the fishermen picked him up, and
fancying him to be dead, threw him on the ground ;
and he, craftily flinging himself into a rivulet, pre
served his life.
COOTLET.
Die, friend ! if thou enfranchisement wouldst gain,
Undying, thou canst not thy friend obtain.1

1 Lit. Die, O friend ! if thou desirost liberation ;

For, without dying, thou flndest not thy friend.
 READING lessons. 119

cr^tj5»- I&'khtan, Self a i£-^L>- hilat, Stratagem,

(himself). craft.
atlf* mvrdah, Dead. ft'it A running
sdkhtan, To make; stream.
to feign. ijixSj\ afgandan, To throw
j> bar, On, upon. jdn, Soul; life.
r^'«) Surface.
a c^-w»5Lj saldmat, Salva
t_>T di, Water, tion; safety.
lii «fo'»d, Swimming. burdan, To bear ;
raftan, To go. (aux. v.)
a jLtf saw/del, A hunter. a A couplet.
l;^-2i|j bar-ddshtan, To murdan, To die.
raise, lift up. (Imper.
a j^-ai' fo«aw«<w (Being
d&, 0!
painted or formed), supposi
tion, idea. CL-s-ii J A friend.
murdagi, Being for (for J\), If.
"dead. ^ji->l^i- kh'dstan, To wish,
j\ A, he, gen. his. desire.
i^^fi kardan, To make ^yli; rtftd'i, Liberation,
(aux. t. to freedom.
ru'i, The surface. Uh, That, for.
a sahrd, A desert, bl, Without,
plain. ^fiib yd/tan, To find.
(^^S-IaJl anddkhtan, To
throw. . .jL-lT dshnd'l, Friend-
ijr^-'.)^ kh'ishtan, Self; ship (used here instead of |
(himself). dsAMd, a friend).
120 PEESIAN GBAMMAB.

j ^^-> j ^1**" ->?U=i ^ J*^ JJ 3 -

And the other fish in whose proceedings supineness

prevailed, and in whose actions imbecility was appa
rent, darted about right and left, astounded and be
wildered and fatuous, and, trying to escape, rushed to
the surface and to the bottom, until at last he was
captured.
 BEADING LESSONS.
(^yiU* mdhi, A fish.
.wJ digar, Another, the
other.
a l^-JjLc glmflat, negli
gence, carelessness.
j> bar, On, in.
a ahwdl, (pi. of
J states, conditions; af
fairs.
u, He; gen. his.
a ^J^^» mttstault, (Who
overcomes), predominant.
a jsP djz, (Being weak),
weakness.
A JUil afddl, (pi. of
jj^j), Actions.
a jJbUs zdhir, Apparent,
A ^j+s*- hatrdn, Astonish
ed; bewildered.
121
^^ji j~i sar-garddn, Be
wildered, stupified.
A ^Pj&X* mad-hush, Con
founded, amazed.
kushddan,
(To return), to run away.
i_^o- cA«p (The) left (side).
i^-^~ilj rdst, Right.
ijiij raftan, To go.
j\js fardz, Above; np.
k_-~~£J nashib, A descent ;
down.
jjJUjJ dawidan, To run.
lj W, To ; until.
a t^Jilc ddkibai, The
end ; at last.
Jcjj* giriftdr, Captive.
^4Xi shudan, To be, be
come.
122 PEBSIAN GRAMMAR.

OF CONVERSATION.
The art of conversing fluently in a foreign language
is not only more difficult to acquire than the know
ledge of reading it ; but, unfortunately, it cannot be
taught by books alone ;—a quick ear is worth more than
all the dialogues that ever were printed, and three
months of constant practice with natives of the country
will effect more than a year of mere study. Still, a
few hints may be given which may enable the student
to make a commencement—often the most perplexing
matter—for, as soon as he has acquired the command of
even half-a-dozen short sentences, it is astonishing how
quickly he is enabled to add to them. In fact, the
actual number of phrases necessary to enable a man to
make his way through a country is extremely small.
It is reported of some one that he traveled all over
France with the help of a single word, viz. ' combienV
and it is very certain that if a man is acquainted with
three or four verbs, such as ' Have you ?' ' I want,' ' Give
me,' and seven or eight nouns, e.g. ' bread,' ' meat,'
' wine,' ' water,' ' milk,' ' eggs,' ' horses,' etc., together
with the magic query, ' How much ?' and the numerals;
he will feel himself infinitely more at home in a
foreign country than if he were compelled to express
 OF CONVERSATION. 123

his wants by means of signs, and even with this slight

foundation, would soon manage to pick up enough of
the language to make his way pretty tolerably.
No doubt, extensive dialogues are of some service in
giving the student an insight into the style and idiom
of a language, and in supplying him with a vocabulary ;
but beyond this they are of very little practical use,
because, in the first place, it is manifestly impossible to
compose dialogues which shall suit circumstances as
they occur, and, besides, even if one is furnished with
questions, one will be as far as ever from understanding
the answers, if they extend beyond a simple ' yes,' or
' no.' There is another point ; viz. that the majority
of dialogues are perfectly useless without a dictionary,
because idioms vary so much that an equivalent sen
tence in English will often not contain the literal
translation of more than one word in three of the
original—sometimes, indeed, of no word at all ; and
unless the student can analyse each sentence, it is of
very little use to him to see a phrase of six words in
one language represented by one of, perhaps, nine in
another, without any clue to tell him the literal mean
ing. In the ensuing dialogues, I have endeavoured, to a
certain extent, to remedy this defect by giving a vocabu
lary of the more difficult words at the foot of the page.
 124 PEBSIAN GRAMMAJi.

There are a few peculiarities in the commonest

phrases of all Oriental languages which require expla
nation, as they are quite at variance with European
modes of parlance. In the first place, it is extremely
curious that no Eastern language contains an exact
equivalent to our ' Thank you.' I do not mean to say
that it is impossible to translate the words ' thank you '
into Persian or Turkish, but such translations are never
employed by the Easterns themselves, who, even if they
employ a word signifying 'thanks,' say 'thank God,'
and not ' thank you.' 1
In Persian the usual substitutes for our hearty
Anglo-Saxon phrase, are, ' May your kindness and
favor increase !' ' By your kindness,' ' By your favor;'
i.e. ' You are very kind,' and so forth. In Arabic the
common phrase is lL^s- kathir khairak, 'May
your welfare increase !' the Turks sometimes say tJ&iS
<djl L£-ol*l ulldhah amdnet olah, 'May you be con
signed in trust to God ! ' The Armenian phrase is the
most European ; viz. shenorhagal yem, ' I am grateful,
or obliged.'
1 This is all the more strange, because the phrase ' I thank you,'
maybe translated literally into any European language : e.g. French,
' Je vous remercie , ' Italian, ' Io vi ringrazio ; ' German, ' Ich
dankelhncn;' Swedish, ' Jag tackar Er ; ' Russian, fl SjarOjapK)
Baci; etc.
 OF CONVERSATION. 125

In polite conversation it is usual to employ the

word bandah, lit. ' a servant,' instead of the pro
noun I'; but the verb •which follows is in the first
Person, so that the phrase is equivalent to I, your
humble servant.' In addressing equals, ' you ' is gene
rally employed, as in English ; but, between intimate
friends, 'thou' may be used. A person of superior
rank generally says ' thou ' to his dependents, but,
to inferiors, ' you ' is more civil. Kings are always
addressed in the third person ; i. e. ' His Majesty,' and
never ' Your Majesty.' Noblemen also are addressed
in the third person.
It is very rare for natives of the East to mention
their wives or female relations, and even when they do
so, it is usual to employ a general term, such as JLc
lydl, lit. ' family,' as a sort of euphemism for ' wife ! '
The dialogues which follow have been compiled from
native sources,—principally from a small book procured
by the author at Smyrna,—but some few have been
added from the Appendix to Prof. Geitling's ' Principia
Grammatices Neo-Persicap."
Prefixed to them are a few elementary phrases,
intended to enable the beginner to express some one or
two of his most common wants, without any previous
knowledge of the language.
126 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

ELEMENTAKY PHEASES.

PEItSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

p&\jSX* mi-Wdham, I wish, or want.
jLj bi-dr, Bring.
iM bi-dih, Give.
sJj ba-man bi-dih, Give me.
Jj ^Ju^« U-i «Aw»»d mi-dtfrirf ? Have you?
I* Jw» mi-ddram, I have.
jlo t^fjSs kadri nan bi-dr, Bring some bread.
j»l gursnah-am, I am hungry.
j»l <U£J tishnah-am, I am thirsty.
c_j| t^JiJi kadri db-i khurdan Bring (me) a drop
j\j lyiijf*- bi-dr, ofwater to drink.
i^-~ijS" U»& shumd giisht mi- Have you any
ddrid, meat?
jtfeI^aei* raughffln mi-Wd- I want (some)
ham, butter.
»Jo ^j^j painir ba-man bi- Give me (some)
dih, cheese.
jjj*o c- asp z<w*w?* mi-rfdram I have need of a
lW» horse.
J^j Oki>- cAa»rf ^)uZ ? How much money ?
 DIALOGUES. 127

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. BaXIIVALENTS.

i^ljj jO ^) in chk dar zabdn-i What do they call
fc>- u~>jls farA chih mi- this in Persian ?
g&yand ?
jLj jJl> t^Sj>Xs kadri shir bi-dr, Bring a little milk.
jLj ^* ijj&i kadri mai bi-dr, Bring a little wine.

DIALOGUE I.

U«e JoJv»t ^Jty>- lMsh dmadid, safd You are welcome, I

dwardid, am pleased to see
- J3 you (ht., 'You
have brought
pleasure.')
^jL^- 2t)jiJij^.
Jo JJ^ az Mi
diddr-iMioshvUd
shumd I am
to see
very
you.
pleased

4 j»s Ujl> muhabbat-i shumd May your friend-

OjjU na-shavad, ship (never) di
minish !
'jljoJ sight. 3 O--^* friendship.
2 >iyJ*y>- content, 4 ^ little.
happy.
14
128 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENQL. EQUIVALENTS.

A It. ba-khidmat-i shumd I am come to wait
rasidam, on you.
lutf-i shumd ziydd, May your kindness
increase !
\*Ji> 4,,J^j»-l ahwdl-i shumd^
khdsh-ast ?
(I hope) you are
ahwdl-i sharif-i j well?
ddli JMsh-ast ? .
al-hamdu-l-ldh ! az Praise be to God !
barakat-i dUdi by the blessing
shumd, ofyourprayers(I
am quite well).
X*Jt> M \\ az lutf-i shumd, By your kindness !
muhabbat-i By your friendship !
shumd,
mizdj-i sharif ? How do you do ?
shukr, (Very well) thank
(God).
service. ' y aj-i noble (a a prayer.
kindness. title of respect). 9 temperament.
may it increase ! 1 Jlc high. Wj^-£> thanksgiving (to
4 jjlja-l circumstances ' i»z~£j> blessing.
state. God) ; gratitude.
 DIALOGUES. 129

ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

2(JUu<*s>- '^i^i-U nd-MosM jismdni (I hope) you have
JajljJ na-ddrid? no bodily ail
ment ?
al-hamdu-l-lldh, Praise be to God !
(I am very well.)
l ^-^i) 3^^i- MflUi wait ast shu- It is a long time
md-rd na-didah since I saw you,
I was wishing
ddshtam, (to do so).
* 5» bandah hamchunin, And I, (your slave)
just the same
(wished to see
you)
jJ^jL^l 7 mazinnah dar is- I thought you were
JjJ^J tdmbirt na-biidid, not in Constanti
nople.

1 ^iyo-U indispo 8 2J£J a servant [your

sition. humble servant].
s tjUu*Jj- corporeal. 6 ^j^s^ in the same
3 |j «.-*. much ; very. manner.
4 JjLi-il wish, long opinion,
ing desire (to see thought. [subaudi
any absent person or
thing.)
180 PERSIAN GHAMMAR.

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

khair, jd'i raftah No, I was gone
budam, tdzah somewhere else,
dmadam, and am just re
turned (newly-
arrived).
albattah ba -man- I suppose you are
khhd payin stopping at your
dmadah-id, own house.

J>-» manzil-i khkdam I have not a house

na-ddram, jd 'i of my own, I am
mihman shudant, staying some
where.
chird bah Midnah-i 'Why did you not
bandah tashrif honor my house
nay-dwardid ? with a visit ?

good; well, 5 iiyi- self ; (your own)

(euphemism for ' no.') 6 tiWd^ below.
3 sj\j fresh, new. . ' c^^i to a^gat'
3 <Li_J \ certainly ; ' ^Vt^s» stranger,
whether ? guest.
4 halting-place, t l^cj^U honoring
inn, house. with a visit,
 DIALOGUES. 181

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

chun lydl u auldd-i Because my wife
ma dn-jd manzil and children were
ddshtand, md ham staying there, and
ld-bud thudim dn- I could not help
jd payin dmadim, going there too.
khdnah az bard'i You must have a
shumd zariir ast ; house ; what will
ehih k/i'dhidkard} you do ?
_
hdlan. mi - rawam I am going now to
yak khdnah just- look for one.
u-jii bi-kunam,
mi-kharid yd kird- Will you buy, or
yah mi-kunid? rent it ?
agar arzdn ba-dast If I find (a house)
dyad mi-kharam, cheap I will buy
wa illa kirdyah it ; if not, I will
mi-kunam, rent (one).

1 (JU* family (used 5 ctt^ below. 6 ,j nn-wscek-

for 'wife.') ing.
a jjjl children. .l >^^.b to alight.
9 ^j>X> to buy.
3 JT^* lod8™8- 6 (_fljl for, on ac
count of. ™lj\f rent, hire.
4 Jj3 it cannot De
but; necessarily. 1 necessary. to hire
Vi'Z PERSIAN GEAMMAR.

ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.
*JU>- CS-i ^ man yak khdnah I know of {lit., 'I
_
tur&gh ddra m, ba- have a clue to ') a
jihat-i shumd ki- house, and I will
^Sj tj\£ rdyah bi-hmam, hire it for you.
<-r>y>- bisydr khiib, hdlan Very well, let us
a****** j filjjs* mi-rawvn u mi- go and look at it
bin'im, now.
tiyi^tj 3 hdlan na-mi-shavad, Not now: please
^Jpi'<dlluJl inshd-l-ldh fardd, God, to-morrow.
pjy?* man akniin mi-ra- I (must) go now,
Jl*I jwl^^kJ wam,fardd na-mi- to-morrow I can-
tuwdnam dmad, not come.
JuJuj l*ul thab In-jd bi-mdnid, Stay here to-night.
\ imshab na - mi - I cannot to-night
shavad, shab - i (it cannot be to-
digar mi-dyam, night), I will
come some other
evening.
1 trace, sign,clue 3 11 U- now.
» > •• - . ~side,manner. 4 <dJl£Jl if God
I" «iPf? on account please.
f. '
 DIALOGUES. 133

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. EXGL. EQUIVALENTS.

i& 4i»&l^iu» <t>- chih ml-kh'dhid kih Why do you want
2(Jlscl <t>- 1jjj^j bi-rawtd ? chih to go away ? why
OujJL** adjdl mi-hmid ?
are you in such a
hurry ?
*j\J j\£jL*uj )!W Mlan bisydr Mr At present I am
ddram, very busy.
pj\y...+j tJj£*s> bishtar na-mi-tu-I cannot stay any
"jjL» wdnam mdnd, longer.
khudd hdfiz, Adieu !
Uui t »\j$> khudd hamrdh -i God be with you !
shumd !

DIALOGUE II.

(♦SLLc j*Lj saldm dlaihm, Peace be upon you!"

j»^-1c j «,a dlaikum as- And upon you be
saldm, peace !

1 cr*J to s°- iJjJu*J more. preserving,

guarding.
2 JU£l haste. 5 ^JoL» to remain. t along with (lit.
3jl£ work. MjcS- God. same road).
. This is the form of salutation used by Mohammadans to each
other ; they rarely or never employ it to Christians.
134 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

PEB8IAN. ROMAN CHAKACTER. ENGL. EQUrVALENTS.

SJ^* htltyiin mail ddrid? Would you like a
pipe?
^\ \j>- chird ? agar mi- Why (not?) If they
•X> drand bad na-mi- bring one, it will
shavad, not be bad.
4>—uJmj sJoU- bdld-khdnah tashrif Would you like to
tX,^t ^y^j na-mi-drid? go on the roof of
the house ?
jJ l»Js^s>- kh'dham dar I will sit down a
5 c:~u<.uj nishast, moment.
kXii^ 8 yi^i bi-guyam farsh ku- Shall I tell them to
nand ? spread a carpet ?
Juji£> .^J\x~sCSj yak sanddli bi-gu- Let them place a
i^—J zarand ; bas ast, chair, that will do.
<V^lp- I** ^fl «$w mi-kh'dhid If you like, they
7 if^yji kahwah bi-pazand, shall make some
coffee.
1 ^^4-* a kind of pipe on the top ofa house
like the Turkish 4 UUjii>J honoring spread a carpet.
nargileh.
with a visit. 7 (^'•VJJ to cook; to
1 (J** inclination.
6 [^uJuj jii to sit make (tea or coffee).
a balcony down.
 DIALOGUES. 135

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHABAOTKlt. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

^♦J f^j^ kahwah khoshamna- I do not like coffee,
Aij-j <*il mi-dyad ; chd'i let them make
bi-pazand, some tea.
1 \j<^f\>- chd'i-rd hdzir kar- The tea is ready,
JojLj JuJ^ dand, bi-drand, let them bring it
in.
u Jo^Uj st>jJ silrf bi-drand, td Let them bring it
sa>'rf na-shavad,
in directly, that it
may not get cold.
oȣ. U*i 3 ljJ>ii kand-rd shumdDo you add the
Jjjlj>i-j khud biy-anddzid, sugar yourself ?
b^j*?> *<-t>I hfj^ ^adrt timun Let them pour in
Aijj^j j»JS bi-rhand,
a little lemon -
juice."
d->«J» (j^*^ Vimiin hast ba-dast, The lemon is at
cu*->Ja Wviid-at biy-af- hand, squeeze it
jLli-j shdr, yourself.

our word ' candy)

ready. 4<_j| water.
2 Jjj quickly 5 ^^ul lemon-
>X-i sugar (hence juice.
R This may seem strange to an Englishman, but the Persians are
very fond of tea and lemon-juice : it is an extremely refreshing beverage
in a hot climate. Sometimes orange-juice is substituted.
136 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

ENGL. EOUITALBNTS.
a^ar ba-kazd mail If you would like
-miljj,\&- Jjjlo darid, hdzir ast, something to eat,
it is ready.
fchabr, imruz nihdr- Ho, thank you ; to
rd dir kMtrdam, day I breakfasted
late.
shdm-ra kai bi- When shall they
drand ? bring in dinner ?
yak sddt az giurub One hour after sun
guzashtah bi-drand, set.

hdlan sddt-i chand 'What time is it

ast ? now ?
ba-gkuriib du sddt It wants two hours
w nim mdndah-ast, and a half to sun
,l set.

1 Lai eating. for 'dinner' or Lo an hour.

' supper.')
1 (J-*» inclination. 5 <_>jjj setting (as t i-Jiij& setting (of
*jv^i morning (used the sun). the sun).
for 'breakfast.') "A^ijo" past (from 9 ^t>it* to remain.
evening (used
 DIALOGUES. 137

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EOTIVALENT8.

s Jiij* \aJ* 1 c<,rL sddt-i shumd tund Your watch is too
i>^>%m>I ast, fast,
jj^* c^cLj sddt-i man tund na- My watch does not
tf il^ mi-rawad; gdhast go too fast ; some-
A-ib 3Jki^ bdshad, it is too slow.
4 ^Uo ^lis- i<i±> bandah chundn gu- 1 imagine you did
\*Jk t£ fjnf m°Ln mi-baram kih not wind up your
IjC^cLj i^vilj J shumd di-shab watch last night.
Jo sddt-rd k&k na-
kardid,
s 6 CJf £\ agar kuk na-kardah If I had not wound
JU- ^y^S>. budami hdlan na- it up it would not
Jpt*!^ c^j^j miraft, mi-mdnd, begoingnow.it
would have stop
ped.
JjJyl \j6p\*As tddm-rd dwardand, The dinner is served
Jjj^sXi ^ U-i tiMma You eat little.
khurid,
«£JL& 'jW J <%ar, ««t'r shudim, Not so ; I have had
enough.
1 kj^cb an hour ; 4 ^L^opinion fancy, eating, food,
also a watch. other, (quite)
5 k-li^ tuning (an in
2 JoJ quick, fast. strument) ; winding | otherwise.
3 x£ dull ; slow. up (a watch.) % faN> satisfied.
138 PEHSIAN GRAMMAK.

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

^♦J J-*- ^3> hich chiz na-mt- Iwantnothingelse.
^.fc^i. Jeh'dMm,
0bi tlXjjlj' 1 \j& hawd tdrtk shud, It is getting dark,
JjjLj shamdddn bi- let them bring in
drand, the candles.
c^u^j jjjJ 3 ^J/*- chirdgh zariir nut,There is no need
d-wl k-_)liS,L« mdk-tdb ast, of a lamp; it is
moon-light.
j jJjUj bi-drand it, rushan Let them bring
na-kunand, them in, but not
light them.
j*fe U^l*- <—'L-jl asbdb-ichauvr-dham'L have brought in
l*"J,yl l^ul in-jd dwardam, the tea-things too.
iiJ^ <_>j;i. Mkub kardid, Quite right
you have done
well').
^* 4^lij1jri. agar W db-tdn mi- If you are sleepy
1 JlM dyadraTM-iWdb they shall bring in
c_>^>- ii-dra»<?, the bed-clothes."
1 I^Js the air, atmos
phere. _ sleep.
2 ^Ax^-i a candle (pron. suffix) you.
stick.
a That is,'a bed to~sleep on, and a thick quilt stuffed with cotton for
a covering ; in the East it is usual to make the bed on the floor.
 DIALOGUES. 139

EOMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

-j ralM-i Wdb-rd b'i- Let them bring in
V,, drand wa biy-an- the bed and make
ddzand, har tnakt it ; whenever I
kih bi-kh'dham may wish I will
kh'dham ktidMd, go to sleep.
hawd sard ast ; agar It is cold ; if ne
zariir ast du pa- cessary they shall
lang - piish bi - bring in two co
drand, verlets.
khair yaki kifdyat No, thank you ; one
mi-kunad, will be sufficient.
subh kai bar mi- When will you rise
khhid, to-morrow morn
ing?
U iJuU 8 i \*&> hawd riishan na- I shall be afoot be-
shudah pd mi- fore it is light.
shavam,
3 \ J!> the air. ' morning, the
apparatus of sleep dawn.
{i.e., bed and bed >. -a necessary.
clothes). 8 cT'JJ USht
5 ^2 a quilt.
'^Jojljul to throw; '.' l> .to be afoot.
to make. jltt enough.
140 PEBSIAN GRAMMAR.

SOMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

JjJ-io*jj 1Jjjj ] chird ziid bar mi- Why do you get
,X^yi- ^,\s*-jL* khlzid ? magar up so soon? Per-
>j jdyl Wahid raft? haps you are go
ing somewhere ?
^> bdli, ba-shikdr mi- Yes ; I am going
_^*£*»l rawam, (ins/tab hunting; I must
j JoLj siydd na - bdyad not sit up late to-
nishast, night.
,_rsy>- bisydr khub ; chih Very well ; at what
Joyi^ jlj-ic^-<ij wakt tutodr mi- time will you
shavld} mount yourhorse?
kjS^l> shab-glr suwdr mi- Before daylight.
sharam,
i}j~, j\y*) 6\y&hawd bisydr sard It is very cold
jr$~* i^-wl ast, chird shab-glr (then). 'Why do
Ju^L** mi-kunld? you start before
daylight ?

1 JjJ quick ; speedily. 4j£+J* passing a

2 jl)J increase; more, sleepless night ; tra-
much. veling by night.
3j\)-1 mounting (a s l^fe air.
horse).
 DIALOGUES. 141

PERSIAN. SOMAN CHARACTER. ENQL. EatTITALENTS.

agar shab-gir na Unless I start be
kunam, fardd ba- fore daylight, I
shikdr-gah na-mi- shall no t reach the
rasam, hunting - ground
to-morrow.
kh'dbam girift, man I am sleepy ; I will
bah ktak-i khudam go to my room.
mi-rawam,
dar-rd p'uh kashid, Shut the door, that
kih has nag-dyad, no one may come
in.

DIALOGUE III
sabdh shttd, biddr It is morning ; are
Z
na-mi-shavid ? you not awake ?
I have been awake
pSJ* J\S~> ia iii-l biddr shudam, for a long time.
« A; J j 6 l^J tanhd dil-i tan tang Did you not get
'<*£j na-shud, tired of being
alone ?
5 alone.
6 J J the heart, mind.
lJljjz to take, to
4 jji-J before. (J^-J (^tf your(pron suf.)
seize.
.£ to put to, to shut. ' i^J^iJ tight; sad.
142 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

^Sj\ykx* <_>'o> kitdb mi-kti dndam I was reading a
'iiXcli kdMah-i manchu- book ; my custom
ci-wjl ran ast, har shab is, every morning
dii sih sddt ba- (lit. 'night'11), two
tuluil - i dftdb or three hours be
mdndah, biddr mi- fore sunrise, I
shavam, kitdb mi- wake and read a
kh'dnam, book.
«z kitdb -W dndan Do you not get tired
sair na mi-shavid? of reading ?
lft>C-«il istighfdr alldh ! God forbid ! b no
ddam-i Mch «z one gets tired of
kitdb kh'dndan reading except
sair mi-shavid ma- the ignorant, who
gar jdhildni kih derive no satis
az mutdl&at-i ki faction from the
tdb lazzat na- perusal of a book.
burdah bdshand,
base, founda remaining [ 6 (JjbU>- ignorant,
tion ; a rule orcustom. (from ^JJL*). ' ilLxIUi* considering;
2 rising (as the 4j*-> full, satiated.
sun) . 3 i* Jl a man. C^jJ pie
" The Persians reckon ' their day from sunset to sunset, and the
entire period between sunset and sunrise is termed night.
b Lit., ' 1 ask pardon of God': a phrase often used to express
absolute negation.
 DIALOGUES. 143

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

J Si Oyji i-r'jtt- khiib farmiidid, wa You have said well,
U_i u-ij»- harf-i shumd ba- and your words
*U jj lJ\ man asar kard ; have made an im-
badd az in, in pression on me.
kdidah-rd man Henceforward I,
ham dddat kh'd- too, will make a
ham kard, practice of this
custom.
dtash bisydr ddram, I am very thirsty.
b>J~* ba-chih chiz mail What would you
Jj,lj ddrid? like?
jLj lSj^ kadri chdi bi-dr, Bring me a little
tea.
t^~> ^t_>T <zi-» sard mi-tars- I am afraid to drink
fjfz^l mm bi-hhuram, cold water, lest
mabddd zarar bi- it should do me
kunad, harm.

1 a mark ; vestige ; 4 i^ac thirst.

impression. 5 (J-»* inclination.
2 i>Xcls the base; a
6 lk)L» let it not be
rule or custom. lest.
custom, habit. ' jj*s harm, injury.
15
144 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

afsharah-i limiin az Lemon juice is an
bardi nnhdndan-i excellent thing
hardrat buydr for quenching
MM ast, thirst.
man ba-ashpaz mi- I will tell the cook
guyam td andaki to make you a
md-shdir as bardi little barley-wa
shumd durust bi- ter ; that quenches
kunad; an taskin-i (one's) thirst.
dtash mi-kunad,
lutf u shafkat-i May your kindness
shumd ziydd, and affection in
crease !

lljJlj\juice (of fruits) U» barley-water

2 ^lij\j>- heat, thirst. 4 ^.Cm." quieting ;
quenching (thirst).
 DIALOGUES. 145

DIALOGUE IV.
ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.
A It 1 imriiz sawdr mi- To-day I am going
shavam, asp-rd ti- riding; cuny(my)
mdr kum., badd horse, and after
az an zin kun wa wards saddle him
bi-dr, and bring him
(here).
asp-rd timdr kar- I have groomed and
dam wa zin kar- saddled the horse:
dam, agar sawdr if you (wish) to
mi-shavid, hdlan ride, now he is
Ow-il asp hdzir ast, ready.
US> jau ba-asp-hd bidih, Give the horses
some barley.
jjJ> in asp shal ast The horse is quite
wjl (mi-langid), lame.
5U- ",j"tlC >j* man yak dii td asp-i I want one or two
1Mb zarlir ddram, good horses.

1 a horseman ; 3 ctfj asaddle; expletively after nu

merals.)
mounted ; . JS> J\y^ .£ to saddle. requisite.
to mount or ride.
to be lame.
2 .£ to ^Smm>>J JJj^ to re
curry a horse. 5 lj fold, plait. (used quire. .
146 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

man az an asp-i ka- I am very much
har khaili kh6- pleased with that
sham, bay horse.
khitb aspi-st, ammd It is a fine horse ;
man an kuran-rd but I like that
bihtar pasandam, chestnut better.
az d» (7(i7i What do you think
mi-giiyi ? bah-bin (say) of that pie
chih sariigardan-i bald? See what
makbiiVi ddrad, a beautiful head
and neck he has !
j\ ass haislyat-i tarkib In respect of shape
,i jo bad aspi na-mi- he does not ap
Jo Li numdyad, agar- pear a bad horse ;
chih sinah-ash an- though his chest
' " — "A * 1 daki tang-ast, is somewhat nar
row.

1 j4 bay- capacity ;
2 chestnut. merit ; jl in
respect (of).
3 pie-bald. 0 \^,J±Ji make, form.
1 J^As» acceptable ; 1 iL-*»j the bosom or
pleasing. chest.
 DIALOGUES. 147

ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EaUIVALENTS.

J (j! j\ az bardi an asp-i How much do you
kahar chand mi- w ant for that bay
kh'dhi ? kimat-i horse ? Tell me
dkkir-ash bi-gii td the lowest price
kdr kutah shavad, of it, that the
business may be
shortened.
kimat-i dkhir-i The very lowest
dkhir-i dn asp-i price of the bay
kahar nuwad ii horse is ninety-
panj tumdn - ast, five tumans," and
wa kimat-i asp-i and the price of
kuran hashtdd u the chesnut horse
chahdr tumdn ; yd eighty - four tu-
har du bdham yak mans, or the two
sad u haftdd tu together, one hun
mdn, dred and seventy
tumans.
jbJ i^s*>- ikfitti- zi'dd ast, It is a great deal
too much,
1 ci^/*;«iiworth,price. applied to price).
•y^T (The re
final, the last petition is for the
(i.e. the lowest, when sake of emphasis.)
■ A gold coin worth about ten shillings English money.
148 PERSIAN GRAMMAB.

PERSIAN. ROMAN, CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

4 ba-sar-i khudat kih By your own head,
13 1 LmmJ bisydr arzdn-and, they are very-
ammo, hdlan wajh cheap ! But at
Io zariir ddram, wa present I have oc
sabr na-mi-tuwd- casion for money,
nam bi-kunam, and cannot wait.
man mi-guyam kih I say that one hun
yak sad ii si tu- dred and thirty
mdn bardi liar du tumans is a fair
»*. «jj 1 i. >1"» asp kliub lamat- price for the two
ast, horses.
khaili kam-ast, sa It is very little, sir ;
hib, ammd hamchii but as I repre
kih arz kardam, sented to you,
ehitn pul bisydr having great oc
fV,J j:j^> zariir ddram, bd- casion for money,
yad asp-hd-rd bi- I must sell the
farusham, chdrah horses ; there is
nist, no help (for it).
bisydr khub, hdlan Very good ! now all
hamah durust-ast, is right.
(representing ;) ' JjJ (a small copper
priced. coin) money.
apetition. .i
2 <t^»- , (the face)money to represent. 1 ^S~^j3 to sell.
patience, waiting. i^ls- remedy, help.
 DIALOGUES. 149

DIALOGUE V.
PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.
~j> j\ l\tj*j^ dars-i khud-rd az Do you know your
jujlju^t bar mi-danid? lesson by heart ?
pS>\yi- 3JjJ jyJii <U nah haniiz ; su<ZNot yet; I shall
j\ J Wdham ddnut, soon have learnt
it.
JiLj** Ma»'^ nvushkil ast, It is very difficult.

JljIj h_-~»~, az $» saiai bdyad On that account

bishtar tdi kunid, you must take
\- JEton ^ bi-mashakkat rd- more pains, with-
«^ j hat na-ydbi, out labor you will
not find rest.
L/"^ cri^ k shalchs klst ? Who is this person?
ajlj^jto _jl u beg-zddah-i riit- He is a Kussian no-
ls --'j) t bleman.

1 U"J>^ l°S8on- effort.

from memory, 5 difficulty,
by heart. labor.
3 iijj quick. 0 <^>-\j rest.
150 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

in mard ba-zabdn-i He speaks German
namsawl wa digar and other (lan
guft-ii-gii mi-ku- guages).
nad,
02 bardi man za- I find Persian very
j\+*m> ^xJjlj bdn-i fdrsi bisydr difficult.
mushkil ast,
in az jihat-i an ast That is because you
kih dddat na-kar- have not prac
dah-id, tised it.
chih gunah mi-tu- How can this gen
wdn shud kih in tleman have be
mard chanddn za- come acquainted
bdn-hd'i mukhta- with so many dif
lifah ddnistah bd- ferent languages ?
shad ?
hdfizah-i ii klwili His memory is very
TMb ast wa kMd good, and he him
khaili zirak ast, selfis very clever.

1 ^jyvAj Austrian ; reason, 6 (tlaiU- (keeping ;)

German. the memory.
s On account custom, habit.
' CLiJj ingenious ;
of. 5 *Aksr* different. quick ; clever.
 DIALOGUES. 151

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

="*»J agarchih russi - st Although he is a
ammd ba-nernsawi Russian, yet he
wa fransdwi wa speaks German,
inglizi khdili khub French and Eng
guft -.h.-gii mi- lish very fluently.
kunad,
A bisydr si'dhat He has traveled a
kardah - ast, dar good deal, and
bisydr jd'l-hd' I has visited most
airbed safar kar- of the cities of
1 dah-ast, Europe.
l soy jO dar bdriz biidah Has he been to
ast ? Paris ?
ii <fti idr ba-sifdrat He has been there
raftah-ast ; pas twice with the
<tor rtim budah Embassy : and
\ ast, since then he has
been to Turkey.

1 ,_iy^Aj Austrian ; *CJ ili-j(mediation ;)

German. an embassy.
2 (^—»-L-> (travel j»y Greece ; the
ing ;) a journey. whole Turkish Em
3j&~, a journey. pire.
IMAB.

4CTEK. ENGL. EQVTVALEXTS.

u ba- Probably he speaks
I bi- Turkish?

-gha- He speaks Turkish

x/i-ii- very well, and be-
d, wa sides this he reads
i wa (speaks — under-
tdah - derstands) Arabic
%ad— and Persian.

VI.

igliiz, Be so good as to
akkab give me a sheet
d, of paper, pen, and
ink.

. tv. 7 Jfj j (a leaf) ; a sheet

>peak (of paper).
ider- 6 1favor.
- -JuLii kindness ;
 DIALOGUES. 153

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

<U) 2c^w« 1 Jl*£j ba-kamdl-i minnat With the utmost
(j*uJ — fba-chashm—ba- willingness (with
sarj, my eye,—on my
head).
<ij> Juj&l^icu# is>- chih mi - kh'dhid What are you go-
kard ? ing to do ?
c^iy ^Jil^ku» mi - kh'dham na-1 wish to write:
i^-wiy Jjb wisht: bayad nd- I must write a
mah nawuht, letter.
li-J&^i- iL> ndmah-rd ba-kihlo whom are you
L£-wi«j Wdhid nawuht, going to write ?
<U i«A <ftls^, To a friend.
3Ajlr>- C-JjLi- <0 lahkhalwat-khdnah Go to the closet,
^l <UJb iXyl jJ dar dyid, hamah you will find
d <**=,- a» c^i'A zarur a«< everything that
s o-jb JuJ&l^i. Wahid yaft, you want.

Uj- ,^)l man dar an ja kd- I cannot find (any)

j^iLj ghiz na-ydftam, paper here.

1 (JUo perfect. 3 AjUi- LiJjLi. a

room, or closet.
an obliga lj)j*> necessary.
tion, favor.
5 to find.
154 TEBSIAir GBAMMAB.

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EO.UrVAl.ENTS.

Jj^o jjj) in ast, bi - girid Here it is ; take as
Ju^'^^V* <^ ^li^- cte»d» much as you want.
Wdhid,
^» \j td kih man in na- Whilstlamwriting
l^-i^j \j\jbt**\j mah-hd-rd bi- these letters, do
\j^\x£ jJt, \*Jt, nawishtam,shmnd you fold them up
tlX»j CSi bar kuddm-rd yak one by one.
1 bayak bi-pichid,
<_r>y>- ^Ls- khaili khub ba-ku- Very well ; what
tXJsUri. dam muhr muhr seal will you seal
Wdhid kard, them with ?
jy* V ^a wubir-i tugjird- Seal them with the
. . .I , . ddr-i man mam- seal which has
-> >7A .....
Aw saziff, my initials (on
it)."
CSi ba-kuddm Uk? What wax (shall I
seal them with) ?
£j~i jjSi> ba Idk-i surkh, With the red wax.

1 ^iX^iCvj to fold. 2jY* a sea*- .^V* to BM^

a , properly, the Imperial Signature, but applied also to any
signature. The Easterns seldom sign a letter, but stamp it with a seal,
on which their name is engraved. Here the seal spoken of is for
sealing the letter, not for signing it. j\jl^^it ' signature-bearing,'
 DIALOGUES. 155

DIALOGUE VII.
Of. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.
li£ ^l in kitdb chand mi- What is the price
1 JJj \ arzad, of this book ?
*J j ^j^y <-^l y*A t&mdn ii nlm, One tuman and a
half.
,X^sT ^) j wa in kitdb-rd ba- And how much do
sJu-i^i-^» chand mi-farhshid? you ask for this
book ? (lit., ' sell
it for.')
^J^*y *J i«A chahdr tumdn, Four tumans.
3 ^ 5» ^'ra» ast, It is (too) dear.
iJiiZA^i kimatash hamin ast, That is the price
of it.
»&l^i- (^by «»A frtma» kh'dham I will give three
jlj rfdi, tiimans.
jl 4 S3_y>- kharid-i U bishtar It cost more (than
J\ ast, that).

1 f great i heavy ; j 1 Jojs~- buying ;

* iJZS-'j* t0 soil- dear. traffic, commerce.
15G PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

ROMAS CHARACTER. ENfiL. EQUIVALENTS.

ita.i k \ ^ fi'l-hakikat kimat-i- In truth it is worth
^,l 1 jJj>- j\ u b'i-jtid in kadar this without the
jSs ast, binding.
2 tX(D l^—i\ ^l J» fls< Here is the money.
^_r^ kutab-i dlgar Idzim Do you not want
Jo na-ddrid ? any other books ?
Uil <0 dkniin nah, ammd Not now ; but at
i^&j* j juil£ Mfore higjiiz u present I must
l^i^ Job murakkab bdyad buy (some) paper
bi-kharam, and ink.
^jjl m<m i» chis-hd-rd I do not sell these
^,jSuaj na-mi-fartoham, things; you will
^ 'iJj^i fi^ dardukMn-idigar find them in an-
JuJiljii. c^-al kih pahli.i man other shop by the
c^il> ast Wdhid ydft, side of mine.
Ujj 4 Sail*- I4X&- khuddhdfiz-i shumd Adieu! (God pro
tect you.)

skin ; a book. 3^1^J the side, nearto.

2 dJij ready money, 4 liil*- guarding,
cash.
 DIALOGUES. 157

DIALOGUE VIII.
PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.
L^iu^xw 1 tdzah chut ?
i'Xj . - chih Uiabar-i tdzah I __
> f' " I What news is
ic^uJt hast? (
*( , I there ?

JuJuiAi khabar-i tdzah na- Have you heard the

shunidid ? news ?
^>sU <L>- cA»A khabar-i khdsh What good news
JuJ)l^>. Wdhid guft? have you to tell
me ?
^<X**j ^vJ* na-mi-ddnam, I know of none.
l»Ju«A <U J-*- AM cAta »aA sAw- I have heard no-
nidam, thing.
»Ju 3<L*U Jdiabar-ndmah Have you read the
Jl»J kh>dndah-id ? newspaper ?

1 fresh; new. a writing; a

letter ; a book.
2 t_^j^ freshness ; <L*lj^l- a news
newness. paper.
158 PERSIAK GBAMMAB.

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENGL. EQUIVALENTS.

j}f> imruz na-kh? andahr I have not read it
am, to-day.
<L»0^ci- huddm khabar-nd- What paper do you
>XjljitL* mah mi-M'dnid, read?
j^j-jjj <lw*li r*iv khabar - ndmah -i I read the Russian
^j\yssx+ riissi mi-M'dnam, Gazette.

DIALOGUE IX.

jJ hdlan dar shahr What news is there

Ooj^Cy* j^>- chih ihabar mi- stirring in the
giiyand, ? city ?
u^wgj jS- hich Mabar nkt kih There is no news
2uorc '^J-jla kdbil-i drz shavad, worth relating.

Lfc 3. ga *J icrtfei khabar - hdl have heard some

*UJl1x^i sJ(unidah-nm, news.
^,L»*mJ ^/-r^- khabar -hd buydr They tell much
X^>f** mi-giiyand, news.

1 (Jj^i capable ; wor- 2 (jOjZ- presenting ; 3 ^am some.

thy. I manifesting. '
 DIALOGUES. 159

ROMAN CHARACTER. ENOL. EQUIVALENTS.

^ ., ohunin ii ehundn They say a good
jU*uJ bitydr mi-giiyand, deal one way and
another.
f -V*-^ >^***^Jl lnan a% &<mi shuni- I heard from some
tXfcljo- ^^>- dam kih jangi one that there
Jbi kh'dhad shud, would be a war.
(j-i' khabar khaili bad This is very bad
u^wja ast, news.
^L»- ^l in khabar khaili This is very good
d khdsh ast, news.
i^S^>-s^^j'^<-j>i dar khusus-i jang "With regard to the
Af- (4*jjUr*) (muhdrabah) chih war, what have
&A s±~.£ shunidah-id? you heard ?
ijii >Xo^y* mi-giiyand kih Jul- They say that they
dnah shahr-rdikas- have taken such
(e\jiAj <ULs abah-rd —.fuldnah a city (town, or
kiladh-rd)giriftah- fort), and have
[zabt kardah-)and made the garrison
wa ahl-i kiladh prisoners.
bandi kardand,
1 .;>.•.£>- in this way. or being peculiar to. a castle, a for-
*tjjW* fighting,war. tress.
8 >^jUi>- in that way. 7 L.J seizing, taking.
6 i-^l a town or
' jjfl^rfii- belonging | large village. 9 i_W people.
16
 160 PERSIAN GBAH1IAB.

PERSIAN. ROMAN CHARACTER. ENSL. EQUIVALENTS.

\j<u)j iSiifuldnah kiladh-rd They have be-
i\>\s<$j> muhdsarah kar- sieged such and
dah-and, such a fortress.
'cusr1 IjiUis ^j>\ in kiladh-rd sakkt This fort is very
Jol<Jcj>-L> 3^Lsr* muhkam sdkhtah- strongly fortified.
and,
iJucv tAj In kiladh lchaili This castle is very
_j us—«ol 4,j-i* »»c^f» ast wa lath- strongly fortified,
iij\ J jl«*«J ^LuJ bisydr ddrad, and has a large
garrison.
lj^^^^wlJ AtM&»-» dushman- They destroyed the
Urt JJJ^ T<-_>l^£. rd khardb kar- enemy's fortifica-
slj*2&- ^jaJZhI dand, ammd dush- tions,buttheene-
C^w>l &i»-L, man hisn-i tdzah my have thrown
sdkhtah-ast, up fresh works.

surround
ing ; besieging.
1 hard; very.
3 fortified.
*4ij-£-» strong, (castle)
an army- a
garrison.
* ^)j.a?v (plural of
^j«r*- )fortifications.
' jd- ruin ; de
stroying.
8 fort.
 DIALOGUES. 161

mi-pinddram iih I am of opinion

4 V
ddkibat kildgiydn that the garrison
tasltm kh'dhand .will (be forced)
<U) *Jb shud (bah amdn at last (to) sur
kh'dhand dmad— render (to come
(7 AjylL JCJil^yi. zinhdr kh'dhand to terms—to ask
talbid), for terms).

ji iar lchildf, mi-gii- On the contrary,

yarn? kih lashkar they say that a
mauf&r (M-shu- numerous (count
,0jIj^L,) JJSA mdrj ba-mddwa- less) army is
nat-i ishdn (ba- coming to their
imddd-i ishdnj assistance.
mi-dyad,
in khabar khabar-i Is this news true ?
sarih ast ?

1 ^^L&ljOJ to think. safety; quarter; * jjSy complete ;

2 CU*Jlc at last, a treaty of peace. numerous.
finally. 6jlyjj protection; a ' helping;
* ^LSjJj soldiers ; covenant. assistance.
garrison. 10t)lJk*l assistance.
' ^JuJJ? jl^jj to
4 . -1 j»JuJ to sur 11 ciear ; pure ,
ask for terms.
render. true.
162 PEBSIAN GBAMMA.B.

PERSIAN. ROHAN CKARACTER. ENGL. EQTTCVALENTS.

JjJuxSi t£ j\ az kih shunidld ? From whom did
you hear it ?
"(^-^J1^Jl j\ ^ man az ddam-i du- I had it from very
" j»Ju^& rust shunidam, good authority.
yii \\ ^ man in-ra an fuldn I heard it from so-
<»JuxA to shunidam, and-so.
dl^ y^jl Matr ; i» rd«< nlst, No ; this is not
'±~~*) true.
ij-l^l ^ri. ^1 i» khabar-i ardjlfTbi& news is false.

j| 4 ijL** mumkin ast kih Perhaps it may be

julb ujLsj-lji ardjif bdshad, only a rumour.
jj^ d£ ^iXi-;** mI-pinddram kih I think that it is
rast ast, true

1 |*t)l a man. 3 t_JUi»-l

- . ^i) false ru-
Jjust; right raours.
true 4 iJLa* possible.
 VOCABULAKY,

ENGLISH AND PERSIAN.

[In the following Vocabulary, whenever the words ^J^i and

occur in combination with a verbal noun (forming a
compound verb), they are represented by and for the
sake of brevity ; is also occasionally represented by .J .]

Abide, v. ^Jol* mdndan ; Abundance,*.vJjljj ziddati.

.J* (j^L> sdkin sh. Abuse, s. i»\iJ^ti dushndm.
Ability, *. ij&^y tuwdnd'i. Accept, v. u'ljAj
Able (to be), cjijjj\j> tu- kdbid namudan.
wanistan. Accommodate, v. &
Above, prep. bald. muwdfik k.
Absence, *. i-i-^-i ghaibat. Accomplish, v. A
Absent, j+s. ghair kdmil k.
hdzir. Accustomed, a. jLuc*
Absurd, a. »J^o bi-hudah. mutdd.
164 PEBSIAN GRAMMAR.

Acid, a. ^JLji tanh. Affair, s.j£ kdr ; JU- hdl,

Acquaint, v. j£ e!U?l itldd k. Affection, s.
Acquire, v. jjiib ydftan; habbat.
andiikhtan. Affirm, v. X
Across (a river), tibiir. tahkik k.
Action, s. kdr. Afraid, a. ti,^rr tarsdn.
Active, a. a chat. After, fjuj pas; j\ Juo
Add, v .i Iii\j \ ziddah k. badd az.
Address, v. S ^wUolI Mi Again, j\j dlgar bar ;
mas k. jy bdz.
Address (of a letter), «. —i Against, j, bar; ^s. dla'.
A**U tar-ndmah. Age, s.jAS. Amr.
Adieu, laiU- Ijo- khuda Agree, v. $ jjlij wifdk k.
hdfiz! Agreeable, a. X*u*j pasand.
Admiration, ^_ tdajjub. Agreement, s. jjUj wifdk.
Admit, v. u^I^> J^-J Aid, i. JJm madad.
dakhl dddan. Air, s. U& Aawd.
Advance, v. ^jiij {J*-^ pish Alive, a. ijjj zindah.
raftan. All, a. dUJk
Advantage, s. £ju nafd;
ijJli fd'idah. Allow, ». (^j^J jy3-~,0
Advice, s. JlL> pand ; dastiir dddan.
.yg «ftya'j nasihat. Also, J-j »iss.
Advise, «. X Although, 4*^l agarchih.
nasihat k. Ambassador, , -aril UeAL
 VOCABTTLABT. 165

Ambush, s. kamin. Ask, p. ^Ju^j pursidan.

Amuse, v. .S LiUj ta- Asleep, tesS. khuftah.
tndshd k. Ass, *-^>- khar.
Angry, a. s±~s?j ranfidah. Assist, v. £ umiIm mdd-
Answer, s. (—>\^>-jawdb. wanat I.
Answer, v. ^Jlt> <-r>\ji>- Assure, ». ^olj
jawdb dddan. paimdn dddan.
Ant, *. jy+ mur. Astonished, a. ^j^j*-
Anxious, a. Jw^Li fikr- hairdn.
mand. Attack, v. .£ Z.to hamlat k.
Apple, t. •. • sib. Attention, *. ^^"\ dgdhi.
Approve, v. ^Jj a^mJ pa- Auction, *. harrdj ;
sandidan. mazdd.
Arise, v. ^a*t ji bar Avoid, v. A UjLtJuyl
dmadan. ijtindb k.
Arms, *. —Li MZdA. Authority, *. tSJj Jj kudrat.
Army, s. jLtA lathkar ; Awake, a. ii-aar.
jLujf. dtkar. Axe, t. sjxu& kushtarah.
Arrive, ». ^Ju-^ rasiaa».
Art, *. (science) j»Lc Um.
B.
Artful, a. j\i *Lj>- hilah
bdz. Back, (. pusht.
As, Back, aaV jb idss.
Ascend, v. ^J^l ^ Jar Bad, a. Jj bad.
dmadan. Bag, *. Jl^>-yM«>dZ.
166 PBRSIAN GRAMMAR.

Baggage, «. c_:L»jl asbdb. Beyond, ^j*^ j\ «z Mriin.

Banker, s. c-i^ sarrdf. Big, a. kaldn.
Bar, s. ^Jj zaldj. Bird, s. murglt ; j^a
Barley, s. j'au. tair.
Barrel, «. barmil. Biscuit, s. CJ^ kdk.
Basket, s. sapad. Bite, v. ^ajJ-T gazidan.
Bath, s. (*L**- hammdm. Bitter, a. ^ talkh.
Beard, s. iJuJj r'uh. Black, a. »L-j gjydA ; iiyJ\
Beast, haiwdn. aswad.
Beat, v. ^J) zadan ; [:ys& Blacksmith, s. JiiJ J*i
kuftan.
Beautiful, a. khub- Blame, «, Li-~*^L» maldmat.
riti ; (J****- jamil. Bleed, v. n. ^J^Zj
Because, ^y>- chun; khun rifchtan.
iS az an kih. Blessing, s. cu^j barakat.
Bed, s.j^j bistar. Blow, s. i-Jfi zarb.
Before, t_A^ pish. Blow, (as the wind) v.
Beg, v. .-i tJjL-a sd'il sh. ^Ju^J damidan.
Begin, v. .£ shurM k. Body, «. ^jo imfo» ; ^
dghdz k. to».
Beginning, ^ tjL shuriiil ; Bold, jii\j bahddur.
J lc l dghdz. Bolt, s. dar-band.
Believe, ». j^yS-ilJ Bone, «. ^IjitL>l mtujMdn.
Imdn ddshtan. Book, (. <_jli£ kitdb ; <t»U
Belly, «. pLi, shikam. namah.
 VOCABULARr. 167 ,

Bookseller, s. <_JLs..,fl Bright, «. (^jy riishan.

sahhdf. Bring, v. ^^jl dwardan.
Borrow, v. A kZJj\x^\ Brush (or broom) *.
isttdrat k. /dni.
Both, jO j& har du. Build, v. X Uj fo»d A.
Bottom, s. J-el asl ; j^s. Burn, ». £d/ifaM i
ghaiir. j^lii-jjil afrukhtan.
Bough, s. ^Li shdkh. Burn, ». ». (j^si. siikhtan.
Bought, a. s Jo^p- kharidah. Busy, a. J^Li*** mashghiil:
Box, s. JyJu-s sanduk. Jw* kdrmand.
Branch, *. Jl^J nihdl; ^Li Butter, *. raiighan.
Buy, ^Ju^si. kharidan.
Brass, s. rliy.
Brave, a.jA>i diltr.
C.
Bread, s. »d».
Break, ». iip^JJi> shikastan. Cabbage, s. j»K kalam.
Breath, *. Cable, *. j^uli ; pi.
Bribe, s. rishwat. (jkujli kalus.
Brick, s. (unburnt) ei-v£.j>- Cage, s.
khisht; (burnt), Cake, *. Jjj rfcs (a kind of
(tidtr<, khuM-i pukhtah. cheese-cake).
Bride, A-^-c driisah. Calf, t. ij j\j ffdu-jdnah.
Bridegroom, jj-jj/1 driu. Camel, s. ji£> shutur.
Bridle, |*U3 lagdm ; j»LsJ Camp, *. lashkar
lajdm. gdh.
168 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Candle, s. ^aJ* shamd. Chair, s. ^f>- (Hindustani

Cannon, s. L^JUc tdp (a word) ; .J sandali.
Turkish word). Chamber, *. AiUi- khdnah.
Care, *. *e ; filcr. Change, v. (to alter) Jj JlJ
Careful, a. ihtirdz.
Carpenter, *. JS^jjJ da- Charming, a. khdsh.
riidgdr ; jVs! najjdr. Cheap, a. arzdn.
Carpet, s. IsLuj basdt ; ^J^ji Cheat, v. t—^iji firtb k.
farsh. Cheese, panir.
Carriage, t. tJjC drabah. Chicken, *. sjy>- chuzah.
Carrot, s.j JuyL shawandar; Child, s. tezr bachah ; ju*t
j£ gazar. pisar.
Carry, v. burdan. Choose, v. ii)<iJj> gusidan.
Cash, *. A&i nakd; jj zar. Circle, *. gard.
Cask, s. barmil. Circumstances, *. JW- hdl;
Catch, v. ^jSJ^ girt/tan. J \^.\ ahwdl.
Cattle, «. ^^j*- haiwdn. City, shahr.
Cause, (. l - • *«JaS. Clean, a. >-^L pdk.
Caution, *. bLi»-l ihtiydt. Clever, a. CJ^iJ zirak ;
Cease, ». ^^-ilj ^ L^wJ sdy*j\ dzmudah.
aa*£ Jar ddshtan. Climb, v. A Oyt* sdud k.
Centre, *. mi' an. Clothe, v.^J>~ijJ p(ishidan.
Certain, a. jjL* mukarrar. Cloud, s. ji\ abr.
Chaff, *. ^vJM dhanj. Coast, *. kindr.
Chain, s.j^sfj zanjir. Coat, Li kabd.
 VOCABULARY. 169

Cold, a. iip* sard. Complete, a. J^«K kdmil ;

Color, «. <^£jj rang ; tamdm.
gim. Comply, v. Jwi ^5*9^ rdzl
Comb, s. <ULi shdnah. shudan.
Come, v. Jul dmadan. Comprehend, v. .i J
Comfort, v. .£ ^J**J tas- darydft k.
alli k Conceal, v. j^si-Li ^l^j
Command, v. ^y*J» far- nihun sdTditan.
mitdan ; ^Ct+- Conclusion, p\sf\ y-i ««r-
hukm namudan. anjdm.
Commerce, «. ij\sf tijdrat. Condemn, v. (to sentence)
Common, a. *\& dam. Li Lai /.'flza sdkhtan.
Communicate, v. \Ju> Condition (state), Jl>- Ad7.
bayan k. Conduct, .j i\j rdh n.
Companion, «. J^ij raftk. Confess, v. .£ J\J»\ ikrdr k.
Compare, v. .» - -* T tash- Confidence, s. jUicl itikdd.
bihk. Conquer,©. .£<_>jl**»»ay&-
Compass, «. (the mariner's) Z«A it.
Li i_«h'i kutb-namd. Conquered, a.<_J^K+ magh-
Compassion, «. m -JLLSi liib.
shafkat. Consent, v. .£ J^Ji foM? A.
Compel, v. jj£ ba- Consequence, «. 4i£Uj **.
ziir dwardan.
Complain, v. .£ jti^i far- Consider, v. ,i A£jJvl an-
ydd k. dishah k.
1 70 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Consult, ». .£ UJjjjl&u* Country, «. jj-bj teatn ;

mashdwarat k.
Contented, a. ^ji^J dil- Courage, «. ,_£) J dildwari.
kjiosh. Credit, s. (in money mat
Contrary, a. < sis- khildf. ters, *S} warn) din.
Convenient, a. t_^s»-lj Crooked, a. pich.
wdjib. Crowd, s. jamd.
Conversation, «. ■ Cry, v. (aloud) J^jl
kjjS' guft-u-giil. dtt>dz dddan.
Cook, ». jj^i^v pukhtan ; Cultivate, v. ^^sSjj
^JjJj pazidan. zarddt k.
Cook, «.J-uiI d«A-jwz. Cup, s. ^\>- jam.
Cool, a. o-j Cure, t\ £ ttdj k.
Cord, s. ^LwJj Hsmdn. Curious, a. (inquisitive) j\j
Cork (or stopper), «. <-MtX-> rdzjii.
Curtain, s. pardah.
Corn,«. *Lc ghhllat : a grain Custom, s. sii\c dddat.
of corn, <Olj ddnah. Cut, v. ^<SJj> turidan.
Cost, «. Mtarj; *^~***~>
Mmat. D.
Cotton, «. <Uij pumbah. Damp, a.j\\*j nimddr.
Cover, «\ ^ Ju-ijj pushidan. Dance, v. .$ raks k.
Cough, «. iAsi- khufah. Dare, v. .j <?»7£ri n.
Count, v. ^liprf-i> «Aw»wr- Dark, a. CS~>j\3 tdrik;
dan. Sj-j tirah.
 VOCABTJXAItT. 171

Darkness, s. ^J^j^> tdriM ; Deposit, s. amdnat.

<ull? zulmat. Descend, v. ^j^ij jji faru
Date (fruit). s.jAj tamar. raftan.
Daughter, s. dukhtar. Describe, v. X i_o * njJ
Day, t-jjj ricz. tauslf k.
Dead, a. siijt murdah. Description, «. was/.
Dear, a. (in price) l^j ^£ Deserve, v. .Ji> sazd-
girdn bahd. war sh.
Debt, s. ^Js karz; ^\jwdm. Desire, v. ^j^J\fi. kh'dstan.
Deceive, v. ^J^ji firiftan. Desirous, a. arzii-
Decide, v. & ,J«ai fad k. mand. /
Deep, a. Jjji jjJ diir- Despair, s. li nd
farlid. ummidi.
Defend, v. jya^* man- Despise, v. ^^-ilt)
sir k. khiir ddshtan.
Delay, s. ciW tawdni Destroy, v. & cSl&haldkk.
Delightful, a. jtjLs* mash- Detain, v. A i—i^y tai-
rur. Mfk.
Deliver, v. (to save) ^Jj \6>j Determine, v. &J\Ji kardrk.
rahdndan. Dew, s. mi shab-nim.
Demand, v. .£ i«_-JJf talab Diamond, s. (jjuLJl almds.
k.; kh'dstan. Dictionary, ^J^Jb^i far-
Deny, v. Ji J\£j\ inkdr k. hang ; i^-oeJ t_jLi^
Defend, v. (to trust) jUiLcl kitdb-i lughat.
.j Uimdd n. Difference,«. CUjlsj' tafdwat.
172 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Difficult, a. (Jxfim muM.il. Dispute,^. .£ ^As^jadl h. ;

Difficulty, «. dush- .i ti-oE^ bahs k.
wdrL Distance, «. diiri.
Dig, v. ^.xS kandan. Distant, a. jyi diir.
Diligent, a. ^jLt maldzim. Distinguish, v. A j^~<*\
Dinner, «. u-siU- chdsht ; imtiydt k.
|* Lit shdm. Distress, «. ranj; txs."
Dirt, «. <-Ly*- chirk. mihnat.
Dirty, a. C/b li »o pak. Do, ^Jiji kardan; ^^-Lo
Disagreeable, a. ^..-.-« \j tdkhtan.
nd pasand. Doctor, s. hakim.
Discontented, a. £cL\i ^jj Doubt, «. ( _v*r shai ;
bi-kanddt. shubhah.
Discovery, s. izhdr. Down, Jjji farud.
Discreet, a.^jjj tadbir. Draw, v. (pull)
Dishonest, a. (jUjI ^jJ Ji- kasMdan ; (draw out),
.- birdn.
Disk, «. ^^J? Drawers, «. (trousers) J\j^i,
Dislike, v. .£ ,X.w li »d sharwdl.
pasand k. Dress, «. {JuJ*^ pushish.
Dismiss, v. (from office) Dress, v. ^J^JZ>y> pushidan.
X (J|j*^t ma<iz&7 k. Drink, v. ^Ju£ J nushidan;
Displease, v. A i^y>- ^ lj Li l dshdmidan ;
nd khdsh k. ^jy>- khurdan.
Disposition, s.Jo\^~ khdtir. Drive, v. ^J^j randan.
 VOCABULABY. 173

Drop, «. (of rain, etc.) sjais Eel, «. (^jikt* jt* »»<ir-»»dM

katrah. (snake-fish).
Drum, s. i_Jj daf. Effect, «. (cause and effect)
Dry, a. I ' iJtt khushk. <^J» j ,J-el a«Z ii fard.
Duck, s. kj bat. Egg, s. khdt/ah; <Uij
Dust, s. Md&. baizat.
Duty, «. (j^- hakk. Elegant, a. i_ijlal fotfi/'.
Dwell, v. Jm sdkm sh. Eloquence, <tsn»aj fasihat.
Else (otherwise) &j Ji j tea
gar nah.
E.
Embrace, v. ^-^^ J-ic
Each,yb har; jJ& Aar bagM giriftan.
Empire, «. c^£L«*» mam-
Eager, a. arzumand. lakat.
Ear, «. ij*£ giish. Employment, s. kdr ;
Early (in the morning), JJtti shag]}!.
jS? wakt-i fajr. Empty, a. ^Jlri. khdtt.
Earn, «. <-^rrl Encourage, v. J dilir k.
Endeavour, v. ^SjJSiji kii-
Earnest, a. SsT ba-jidd. shidan; ^yt-j «di
Earth, «. zamin; Enemy, (j^-iO dmhman.
^J>j\ arz. English, Jjj-Cil maris or
Easy, a. ^UjI d«d». J-lxjl ingl'u.
Eat, v. j^cV^rs- lsMtrdan. Enter, v. .£ Js- J daTM k.
Edge, «. Aadrf ; k_^J Zai. Entirely, j-jI^-i tardtar.
174 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Entrance, «. JS-J dakhl. Excellent, a. J-cli fdzil.

Envy, v. <-ZJj~£ ghairat : Except, jp? jm.
tlX£y rashk. Excessive, a. Jl»- bi-
Equal, a. bardbar. hadd.
Escape, v. X jsj* giriz k. Excuse, s. jSz Azr.
Establish, v. .S J\ji J bar Exertion, «. sdl ; Jii>-
kardr k. jidd.
Estate, s. (jX*J tdalluk. Exhibit, v. ^pvtJ namudan.
Esteem, v. ^^L-ilj j-ij-^ Existence, «. ^gS-uuJb hasti.
dzh ddshtan. Expect, .£jlliy W»frssar£.
Eternal, a. dd'im. Expense, «. -j^/*- Mflraj.
Even, a-j>\f> bardbar. Expensive, a. L^-j y^/^*
Evening, s. *Li, shdm. girdn bahd.
Event, s. c^wiJo iL, sar Experience, tajribat.
guzasht. Explain, v. .i (jLj baydn k.
Ever, <tlwK6 hamishah. Explanation, t. ^Lj baydn.
Every, a.j& har. Extinguish, v. ^JuLiLJ
Evidence, s. gawdhi. nishdndan.
Evil, s. ^jS> badl. Extraordinary, a. t_^-jp2
European, ji farang or 4/54 ; i Jyi gharlb.
/rang. Extremely, ojl* ghdyat.
Exact, a. cu^-Jj Eye, din.
durust. Eyebrow,^-') ab-ru.
Examine, v. ^^^>- justan.
Example, s. LUj+z ibrat.
 VOCABULARY. 175

Farm, *. i^ls^ ijdrat.

F. Fasten, v. ^I^jsL>l istih-
Fable, *. (Ji* mad. kdm k.
Face, s. ^jjj riii ; >j^s- Fat, a. J>J \£~J*£ gusht-
chihrah. ddr ; teji farbih.
Fact, *. (a deed)^l£ kdr. Fate, s. kismat ;
Fail, v. tJ> kam Las kazd.
dmadan. Fatigue, s. |^jTjuU mdn-
Faint (weak), ^^jj zabun. dagi.
Fair (handsome), a. <-->y>- Fault, s. t— dib ;
^■ijyo JMib-surat. gundh.
Faith, *. ^j>O din; ^UJ> Favor, s. t^-oli£ indyat.
iflufft. Favorable, mihrbdn.
Faithful, a. jljli^ wafdddr. Fear, *. > khauf.
Fall, ^olijl uftddan. Fear, v. ^j^-y tarsidan.
False, «. ^«^^ <?wni^; U Feast, ti^iLi zz'd/«£.
ci-w>^> na rust. Feather, ^kw.
Fame, s. nam ; g^Jt, Feed, v. ^O^J ^Jt;3^-
shuhrah. khiirish dddan.
Family, s. Jjkl ahl. Feel, v. A lams k.
Famine, s. gurs- Female, a. mddah.
nagi. Ferry, *. aif gmar-
Fan, *. c\i bdd kash. gdh.
Fancy, s. JL^- khaydl. Fertile, a. khasib.
Far, J rfur ; Jujc idirf. Fetch, v. dwardan.
17
176 PERSIAN GRAMM.VR.

Few, a. kam; C/jol Floor, «. JkiJ <fc^ir takhtah-

andak. band.
Field, s. ^S?* maiddn ; Flour, «. J;T anZ;
U^A> kiM. maidah.
Fierce, a. tund. Flower, «. ^ gul.
Fig, s.j+sf\ anjlr. Fly, a. (j-iU magas.
Fight, s. i*S±&- jang. Fly, ». (as a bird)
Find, v. ^^ib y°ftan-
Finger, «. o~£&j \ angusht.Fond, a. JjL» jwaiZ.
Finish, v. ij3~«\ss?\ an- Food, «. <J^j=»- JvWira'«»i ;
jdmidan. l*Ul; tddm.
Fire, s. (jlil dtish. Foolish, a. ^Jli ndddn.
Fish, s. ,jfcL» mdhi. Foot, «. i"^-
Fisherman, «. jS ,jfcU For, ^j> bardi ; ^l^j j\
mahi-gir. az-bardi.
Fix, v. ,jJoluJ nishdndan. Forbid, v. .£ j-x* mand k.
Flag, «. eu—o\j, rajwtf ; ^luj
Ford, «. guzar-gdh.
Force, «. j«j zur ; kZJji
Flame, «. <0oci shuulah. kuwat.
Flat, a hamwdr. Forehead, s. ij^i^ pishdni.
Flea, s. (J_5^-^ fad. Foreign, a. <)<jl^J bigdnah.
Flesh, «. giisht. Forest, «. ^_,\'.«*."S-jJ di-
Fling, v. jjiri-ljOl <w- rakht-istdn.
ddkhtan. Forget, v. .i {J^y+j* f«ra-
Flood, s. c—^L—. saildb. mish k.
 VOCABULARY. 177

Forgive, v. ^JU ul~$a£> Fry, v- utiJ:F^' wteMdan.

shafkat dddan.
Fork, *. J&o~ changed.
Former, a. Jji awwal;
sdbik.
Formidable, a. >—.*« ^—<
Full, a.y^ pur.
Furniture, *. t-jL-^l asbdb.
Further, jjj^ti diir-tar.
Future, a. ^^s. ghflM. ;
J J?r«m.* mustakbU.

Forsake, ». cL^j' for£ A.

a.
Fortress, t. <uJj Mladh.
Fortune, s.J&j^j riis-gdr ; Gain, ^JLi »«/d ; arjJLi
L^-JjJ dadlat. fd'idah.
Foundation, s. jUij Gallop, v. ii^>-\j tdkhtan.
ydrf; Jwtfl asl. Game, *. (animals hunted)
Fountain, *. <U»£c>- cA«*A- jlSLi shikar ; Ju«3 said.
mah. Garden, £\j ; (jt>~>y
Fowl, *. ^jiliU^ bustdn.
murghri khdnagi. Gather, ». chidan.
Free, a. dzddah. General, *. sarddr.
Freeze, v. n. ^>^uil afsur- Generally, \*y*s. dmuman.
dan. Generous, a. J>y^jumard.
Fresh, a. tdzah. Gentle, a. ^jL* muld'im.
Friend, s. cuwjO dust. Gentleman, t. mirzd.
Fright, y tars ; Mm. Geography, s. ^JtjS.
Frog, s. cSji. ghjik. rasm-i drz.
Fruit, s. xj~* miwah. Gift, *. bakhshish.
178 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Girl, S. Grass, *. il^ £dA ; iL*.?*

diisMzah ;
duklitar. giydh.
Give, v. ^jlj dddan. Grateful, >^-i shukr-
Glad, a. ^J*y>- khdsh. guzdr; j^^j wafdddr.
Glass, s. jJu*J* sMshah (a Grease, s. ^j>j&- charbi.
glass or bottle). Great, a. <^jfjjJ buzurg.
Glove, s. dastdnah.Green, a
Glue, *. fJ»Jj~> sirhh. Grief, *. J^J rfarrf.
Go, v. ijzij raftan. Groom, *. jj^jLj sd'is.
Goat, *. y bus. Ground, s. zamin.
Gold, «w. Grow, v. rustan.
Good, a. Guide, s. Lcjslj rdh-numd.
»{£ ; L_J »£>-
Guide, v. . -i L^x&l^ rdA-
Goose, *.jlc ghdz. WMffia sA.
Govern, v. Guilt,*. l.jJ&&\iS.gundhgdri.
/iw£j» namudan. Gum, *. samagh.
Graceful, a. > dJa! latif; Gun, *. t^iij tufang.
±-iuJ& sari/. Gunpowder, *.CUjjIj bdrut.
Gradually, j»jJij ^jji Xa-
dam-ba-kadam.
H.
Grain, s. ddnah.
Grand, a. .»Jas dzim. Habit, s. ^^i- Mmz; CUjlc
Grandeur, *. bmurgt. ddaa£.
Grandfather, *. jadd. Hair, s. t_i}-*
Grapes, s. angur. Half, a. *-J
 VOCABULARY. 179

Hammer, s. ^y^- chdkuj. Hay, «. tlX^ri- giydh

Hand, s. li-v-jJ dast. khushk.
Handkerchief, s. JL«jj Head, «.^~, sar.
riimdl. Heal, ». ^jl J c^ran
Handsome, a. <—Jyi- dddan.
lihub-rut. Hear, v. ^Ju^wi «Aw»2</a».
Hang, v. (up) JisLTj\ J Heart, s. J J dil.
bar awikhtan. Heat, «. t-jlj tab ; £
Happen, ^jliil uftddan. garmi.
Happiness, s. cyjl*-> sdd- Heavy, a. girdn.
dat. Height, s. ijixl> bulandi.
Happy, a. ^Jjf>- kh6sh. Helm, s. (rudder) A-Ls-
Hard, a. l^-.k"*' sakht. khalah.
Hardship, s.^^is^ sakhti. Help, s. JJk madad.
Hare, s. khargush. Help, v. (jtilj madad
Harm, s-jj*> zarar. dddan.
Harrow, s-jjjL* mdzii. Hen, «. ^L^L» mdkiydn.
Harvest, s. ^tjj>- khar- Here, Ucbl i/yd.
man. Hide, v. .i j^^J pinhdn k.
Haste, s. <_jj1p- jaldi. High, a. AiL buland.
Hasten, v.[j^\iJ^ shitdftan. Hill, «. AM.
Hat, s. (or cap) ils kuldh. Hinder, v. mand k.
Hate, v. ^^u^iJ <2«^- Hinderance, t. mand.
ma»i k. Hinge, s. jjj^>- jdrur.
Have, (ji^i'.J ddshtan. Hire, v. tj\£ kirdyah k.
180 PBBSIAN GBAJOTAB.

History, *. uJjjti tdrikh. Hunger, t. ^j(±~>J} gursnagi.

Hit, v. ^Jj zadan. Hungry, a. fc~>£ gursnah.
Hold, v. ddshtan. Hunt, v. ^<^/-^> shikardan.
Hole, *. siirdkh. Hurt, v. dzardan.
Hollow, a. jiif. Husband, s.j&y* shiihar.
Holy, a. mubdrak.
Home (at home), <Ols>» >J
<Zcw khdnah.
Honest, a. ^L*» *d7»A ; Ice, *. >X«j>-jamd; ^.yaJih.
c^-w>Jj rd*£. Idea, t. khaydl.
Honey, s. J-u*c J>^-i
Idle, j-J ii-£dr.
shahd. If,^l «jrar.
Honor, *. cyj£ iszatf. Ignorant, ^oLi ndddn ;
Hope, t. ummid. Jj»li*- jdhil.
Horn, *. ^.Li sMkh. Ill, a.jU-j bi-mdr; tew*et>
Horse, *. L—->~>l asp. khastah.
Hot, a. j^T garm. Illness, *. M-mdri.
Hour, *. c^cLj sdd£. Imagine, ». .£ (JL^ci-
House, *. <Gl>- khdnah. khaydl k.
How, «M». Immediately, i—iiyj' L 4i7d
Human, a. ^^tJt ddami. tawakkuf.
Humane, a. J J ^ »an»- Impartial (just) J jlc ddai7.
Imperfect, a. J*»l£ U »«i-
Humble, a. jjj/i ^ bi- kdmil.
ghariir. Important, a. muhimm.
 VOCABULARY. 181 .

Impossible, a. ^jLt^t U nd Indulge, »). ic-uLc

mumkin. indyat k.
Improper, a. U nd Indulgence, *. ci-o li£ i»d
mundsib.
Improve, v. ^J\J bihtar k. Industrious, a. CS^^s-
Imprudence, «. uuJuLc chdldk.
gjiaflat. Industry, s. ^jt~> sdi.
Impure, a. C/Ij U nd-pdk. Infant, *. bachah.
Incapable, a. Jjlii U nd- Infantry, *. iolo piddah.
kdbil. Inferior, <i.jxa£ kamtar.
Incessant, a. jjlj dd'im. Infinite, a.
Inclination, *. J-** mail.
Include, v. (comprise)(^Li Infirm, a. rm£.
shdmil k. Influence, «*ar.
Incomplete, j»LO" U nd- Inform, v. ^>i\>i kha
tamdm. bar dddan.
Inconvenient, a. k_-^L* U Information, t. ^i- khabar.
nd-mundtib. Ingenious, a. zaki.
Incorrect, a. cu^>i U nd- Inhabitant, *. (J^Lj sdkin.
durnst. Inhuman, a. JJ
Increase, v. afzudan. sang-dil.
Indifference, *. i^J> baru- Injure, .£ Us>- jafd k.
dat. Injury, *. zidn.
Indisposition, *. ^gic^jv. Injustice, *. l^l^l LS^
msd/i.
182 PERSIA.1T SRAM1IAR.

Ink, t. ^jfcU-i siy&M ; Interpret, v. .i *<w"

>^^i murakkab. jamah k.
Innocent, a. Interpreter, s. ^J^as*-ji tur-
gundh.
Inside, andariin. Intimate, a. p hamdam.
Insincere, a. \ij ^ bi- Into, j Jul andar.
wafd. Intoxication, «. ^JiM"*
Insolence, t.^±-y£> shaukht. masti.
Insolent, a. ( >jl , «j b't- Invent, v. y>
adab. dwarrfa».
Instantly, (Jx dZa' Investigation, *. (jslsiil
'l-fakr.
Instruct, v. ^r. >.y\ Invincible, a. c_>j1a<
dmiikhtan. ghair magh}ub.
Insufficient, a.^*J U nd-bas. Iron, *. ^l dhan.
Insult, v. Island, t. sjiy>- jazirah.
dushndm dddan.
Intellect, *. Jic dld.
J.
Intelligence (news),
khabar. Jar, t. sj>- jarrah.
Intention, *. J^oL* maksiid. Jaw, t. <SjL>- chdnah.
Interest (of money), *. J^-j Jealous, a. ^^i; ra*Wi».
sud; ranj. Jest, if. AgJa) latifah.
Interfere, v. ^jijj Jew, *. uJ>^vi yahudi.
dar mi'dn raftan. Jewel, t. j&^- jauhar.
 VOCABULABY. 183

Join, v. ^jz^tj-! paiwastan. Kind, a. ^b^* mihrbdn-

Journal, s. <L«lj \jj ruz- Kindness, «. vJV>r\r* "^r"
ndmah.
Journey, s.yL> safar. King, s. iLi «AdA ; ^HaJ-*
Joy, «. ,_jt}Li shddi. mltdn.
Joyful, a. ^r,y>- dil- Kingdom, «. \j^£1a** mam-
kh6sh. lakat.
Judge, s. ^.«li Mzi. Kiss, v. ^Jlj-jjJ biiAdan.
Judgment, «. hukm. Knapsack, s. ^ >\x*s>- ja-
Jug, s. &j£ kiizah. mdddn or <L»li>-
Juice, «. L» md ; t_->l db. jdmah-ddn.
Jump, v. {jz*us>- jastan. Knee, «. ylj zd»i.
Just, a. JjU dddil. Kneel, v. ^<lj y\j zdnu
Justice, s. i_iLail insdf. zadan.
Knife, s. kard.
K. Knock, v. ^jiij zadan;
Keel, «. cs-o Kj-j£- khaisa- kuftan.
rdnat. Know, v. ddnistan ;
Keen, a.jj tin. ^jSji-Lwi shindkhtan.
Keep, v. cpJi>\ii ddshtan. Knowledge, s-(^^iJ]J ddnish.
Keeper, «. s Jojlt) ddrandah.
L.
Kettle, s. &£*iJ dig.
Key, «. jJo kaVid. Labour, s. J& kdr ; ^yt-j
Kick, d. (jJj b pd zadan. sin.
Kill, ». ^^-i^ kushtan. Lace, s. sjj rajah.
184 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Ladder, *. nardubdn. Leaf, *. t*/^ Jjj

Lady, *. bdnu; ^y^>- wardk.
khatun. Lean, a. (not fat) j^-^ib
Lake, s.^-So I dbgir;<U>\}jA nd-samin.
darydchih. Leap, ». ^jXj^- jastan.
Lamb, s. I'haruf. Learn, v. ^j^y] dmukh-
Lame, a. t^&J lang. tan.
Lament, v. & ob/*faryddk. Learned, a. JLilj ddnah.
Lamp, *. ^/>- chirdgh. Learning, *. i^i-'lj ddnish.
Land, s. ^f'j zamin. Least, a. kamtarin.
Language, s. zabdn. Leave, v. .£ <-^/ tttrk k.
Large, a. c^jfyJ buzurg. Leave, *. ( permission )
Last, a.jsi-\ dMdr. iZJj\>-\ ijdzat.
Late, a.jlti dir. Left, a. i. — cAac.
Laugh, v. ^JjJkisi- kkan- Leg, «. jjL> sd£.
didan. Leisure, *. L^-il^i /ard-
Law, t. ujjj^i kdnun;
shard. Lemon, *. lhrvLn.
Lawful, a. Jjl-s"' mahUd. Lend, p. ^jlj (jaji lcan
Lay, ». (to place) ^^^j dddan.
nihddan. Length, s. J^L £uZ ; <_s^^ J
Lazy, «. dwdrah. dardzi.
Lead, *. wri. Let, ». (on hire) <Ij^£j
Lead, v. ^^yl i|^J ba-rdh ^jlj ba-kirdyah dddan.
dwardan. Liberty, *. ^jjljl dgdtft.
 VOCABULARY. 18S

Lick, v. (jji^uj lisidan. Lose, v. ^ yas»i

Lie, s. ^«j<-> duriigh. Lost, «. j»S gam.
Lie, v. (recline) ^Ayma*- Love, s. (or
Ishk).
Life, s. ^Is^ ya»- Low, «. past; j^i
Light, s.jjj niir; ^J^jj farii.
riuhani. Lucky, a. j\zss? bakMi'dr.
Light, a. (not heavy) ',' x - . Luggage, s. <_>LmjI asbdb.
sabuk. Luncheon, s. c^-&Lp-
Lightning, «. jj^J chdsht.
Like, a. JkiiL» m&nand.
Linen, t. ^Jc£ kcttdn. M.
Lion, «.j~Z, shir. Machine, «. cuJl dlat.
Lip, s. i^-J lab. Magazine, «. ^ ganj.
Listen, v. ..i \J*£ giish sh. Magnificent, a. &Sj^ bu-
Little, kam; CSxj\ zurg.
andak. Maid, s. xjh bdkirah.
Live, v. zistan. Majesty, s. Jiazrat.
Liver, s. ji^>- jigar. Make, v. kardan ;
Load, s. j\j bdr. j^jiri-Lj sdkhtan.
Loaf, *. ^li nan. Manage (an affair) j^>Si
Lock, «. Jii kufl. tadbir-i kdr k.
Long, a. dardz. Mankind, «. ^wil insdn.
Looking-glass, s. ^J,-)Jl Manner, s. jji-jj dastur ;
is>-j wajh.
186 t'ERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Many, a. chand. Memory, «. jl; yd^.

Map, s. nak- Mend, i,. .£ cuv*^ maram-
shah-i zamin. mat k.
Marble, s. y marmar ; Merciful, a. AJ j»p »arw-
l»lrJ-j rukhdm. <*»7. *
March, v. ^J^j raftan. Merchandise, «. O ,ls^
Mare, s. jL» mddtydn. tijdrat.
Market, «. <-Jj>- chiik ; Merchant, s.j=^\j tdjir.
bazar. Mercury, s. <__)U-~j sim-db.
Marriage, «. nikdh ; Mercy, s. j rahmat.
ijhjjZ driis. Merry, a. jLi shdd.
Marry, v. nikdh k. Middle, «. ^J^* mi' an.
Master, s. jliJ ustdd. Mild, a. mM'mi,
Master, s. (title of respect) Milk, s. shir.
k_^-Ls sahib. Mill, «. L«>l a«yd.
Mean, a. jy>- khiir. Mind, Md<«r; J J
Means (riches), s. JL* mdl ; dU.
Jjj rizk. Mine, «. (of metals) ^A*^
Measure, v. paimu- maddan.
dan. Mirth, s. ^jLi «Adrfi.
Meat, «. t^-w£ giisht. Miserable, a. J^j dard-
Meet, v. cj'JL* muld- mand.
kdt k. Misery, s. <uJL*~» maskanat.
Melon, s. i^Saj batikh. Mistake, s. saAu.
Melt, i,. ^^i- l ^gudakhtan. Mix, v. dmikhtan.
 VOCABULARY. 187

Modern, a. j~>~l\is* muta- Naked, barahnah.

akhkhir. 1 Name, s. *li nam.
Modesty, £x~*-Z, sharm- Narrow, a. ^S*£ tang.
andagi. Nasty, a. lLTI, U ndpdk.
Moment, t. *J dam. Nation, s. Itaum.
Money, s. Ssij nakd; ^>j^ Nature, «. c^-ot-Js tabidt.
dirham. Naughty, a. Si bad.
Moon, «. aL» mdh. Navigation, ^jj*-!L» mal-
Mother, s. ijL» mddah. Idhi.
Mountain, s. sS kuh. Navy, s. )\^>- ^j^^>-
Mouse, s. ^f>y mush. jamidt-i jahdz.
Mouth, s. ,.fAJ dahan. Near, CSj^y »as&?&
Mud, s. ffil; ^j^c tin. Neat, a. Idzim.
Mule, s. astar ; Jjc Neck, gardan.
baghl. Need, a. ci-^U- M/'«<;
Muslin, s. J»*L* malmal. ^Li»-l ihtVdj.
Mustard, s. J->~>- khardal. Needle, s. siizan.
Myrtle, «. <±jy murad. Neglect, .£ k^_-lix gkflflat k.
Mystery, s. \\j rdss. Neighbour, s.J\ySXSc, ham-
diwar.
Net, s. <?d»i.
N.
Never,JiJ!, hargiz.
Nail (of the finger or toe), New, y »ii ; Silj <dz«A.
^jji-U ndkhun; (of iron), Newspaper, «. <L/»U
'^Y* mikh. khabar-ndmah.
188 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Next, tl&Jp nazdik; A*J

O.
badd az an.
Nice, a. ndzik. Oak, «. OJj-Lj ^d-o-^J
Night, i^Ji> shab. dirakht-i ballid.
No, <SJ naA. Oar, «. khddah.
Noble, «. t_jb^-i sharif. Oath, «. M/'.
Noise, dwdz. Oats, s. J^?/>- khartdl.
None, i'J /iic/i ?;«/;. Obedience, s. d-.cll? tddt.
Nonsense, .jTj^d bi-kh- Obey, v. .i Jlii^l imtisdlk.
dagi. Objection, s. J; radd.
Noon, «.Jjj; »toi-rus. Oblige, v. (favor) ls .w*
North, «. JU*i shamdl. ^jl^j »M?m«< nih&dan.
Nose, «. Obscure, a. CSjjo tdrhk.
Nothing, «. " »" Observe, ». ilio nigdh k.
Obstacle, s. ma»d.
Notice, «. ilCi »?^dA. Obstinate, a.^ Jyi- kh&d-
Nourish, ». &<*jjj> Par~ sar.
wardan. Obtain, v. ^^jj) warzidan ;
Now, ; SL>- jjiib ydftan.
Occasion, s. \^-~ajS fursat.
Number, *. jL-i» shumdr. Occur, v. .-i »<iA»< sA.
Numerous, a. kasir ; Occurrence, s. L^-ij^
jLwJ bisydr.
Nurse, «. AjIj ddyah. Ocean, ^ac^ JaAr-t
Nut, j^f- /Ass. muhit.
 VOCABULARY. 189

Odd (not even), <t£j yakah ; Order, v. .i ^Ls>- hukm k.

• ' £j tak. ^jiiytji farmudan.
Off (far off), J}1 dur. Origin, «. asl.
Offence, s. iliT gundh. Ornament, s.yijlj\ drdyish.
Offer, v. & yOjZ Arz k. Other, a. J^>^ digar.
Office (a public charge) Out, u}j*) Vvriin.
aml. Oven, tun.
Officer, s. j\iij~, sarddr. Over, So bdld.
Oil, s. rughan. Overcome, v. t_J,jbc*
Old, a-j^ pir. mac^lub k.
Olive, «. ^y^'j saitin. Overtake, v. ^A^»l j,\ji
Omit, v. .i sahu k. bardbar dmadan.
Omnipotent (The), «. ijli Owe, v. ^jS-ilj wdm
fj^os»kadir-i mutlak.
Only, ^tka hamdn; jJu Owl, «. j*}.'
fakad. Own, a. ,2y>- Mud.
Opinion, s. rah. ; Jjls Ox, s. gdu.
zinn. Oyster, s. ^^b bddaldn.
Opium, «. (j^-jl afiun.
Opportunity, «. c^-^j /wr-

Oppose, v. X chills'* Pace, «. ^ gam.

mukhdlifat k. Pack (a load), «. jb iar.
Orange, s. i^Ju ndranj. Padlock, s. Jii
Order, s. ^Ls- hukm. Pail, «. J^J <ftW.
190 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Pain, «. dard. Payment, «. \ jl add ; CLt^>-\

Paint, *. (^Sjj j—>\ db-i ujrat.
rang. Peace, «. ^^^-i^ ««M ; JL*
Pale, a. iijj zard.
Pan (for frying), s. Peach, «. jSliLi shaftdlu.
tdbah. Pear, «. armud.
Paper, s. .Xcl£ kdghiz. Pearl, *. jJjJ ZmZu ;
Parcel, «. tjs^
V bukchah. dwrr.
Parsley (or celery), «. j*£ Peasant, s. ^UaJ dihkdn.
karawiz. Pen, «. jjj, kala in.
Parsnip (or carrot), s. jy£ Penalty, «. ijL^p- jaram-
gazar. dnah.
Part, s. v_^»«aj nasib; <Ua»- Pepper, *. Jili ./J^iV.
hissah. Perceive, v. (jsib jJ
Partake, v. .Ji> jJz <Lar>- ydftan.
hissah gir sh. Perfect, a. j»W tamdm ;
Partridge, s. iJjLi kabk. parddkhtah.
Pass, p. jji-ij*^ guzashtan. Perform, v. ^pc^Li sdkh-
Passport, «. jisguzar- tan ; kardan.
ndmah. Perfume, s. »j 4u
Path, «. s\j rah. Permission, «. i - * .n -v. ,
Patience,^* sabr. rukhaat.
Patient, a. jy»o sabiir. Permit, 'J^"'
Pay, v. .i add k. ; j\ j,f ijdzat dddan.
guzdr k. Perplexed, ». hairdri.
 TOCABULABY.
Perseverance, s. m »wJfr)y
muwdzabat.
Persevere, v. & J\jAZ~i\ is-
timrdr k.
Person (a), s. kas ;
shakhs.
Perspiration, *. >^^sAj
rishhat ; ^s. drak.
Petition, *. <J*,f- drz.
Pheasant, *. jj jc tazrav.
"PhjBia.s.^kjiUdj; \jtidawd.
Pickaxe, s. JcJ^ kaland.
Picture, s. <jSJD naksh;
jlyai taswir.
Piece, *. sju pdrah.
Pierce, v. jjii-i suftan.
Kg, «• (jay/>- khirnus ;
j>„j^- khinzir.
Pigeon, Ji^S kabiitar.
Pillar, *. dmiid ; ^f~>
sutun.
Pin, s. (J^s&e sunjak.
Pincers, *. ^v&l dhanj.
Pipe (for smoking), s. >^jy^i
kaliiin.
191
Pitch, i. jli <£dr ; c^oj
Pity, *. ^ raAw.
Platens. <_jb- ydi.
Plain, *. l^k"9 s«Ard. ^
»»aJ^d».
Plank, s. <fcjkr takhtah.
Plant, *. tuLi »aid£.
Plant (a tree), v. ^JoLU
Plate, *. (jfb tabak ; <_>liL£j
bushkdb.
Play, ». i^jb idzi k.
Pleasant, a. >_LlaS ZaM/':
j j>jj dil-pazir.
Please, v. ^y>- khdsh k.
Pleasure, s. yi- kMshi ;
(_£jLi shadi.
PIenty, s. c^^J barakat.
Plough, s. <uLs kulbah.
Plum, s. Ji\ dlu.
Pocket, s. jib.
Poetry, s. yci *Mr.
Point, *. fJij^j nish.
Politeness, s. ujj) driVS.
IS
192 PERSIAN GHAMMAll.

Pony, «. ^jIi ydbii. Prevail, v. ..i i_^Jli ghd-

Poor, a.jfjii fakir. lib sh.
Possess, v. ddshtan. Prevent, v. .£ mand k.
Possible, a. mumAtin. Previous, a. pM ;
Pot, s. i^Sj^ dig. jUttf> pishtar.
Pour, v. rtkhtan. Price, «. l& .*» «J kimat; L:
Poverty, s.j&s -fakr.
Power, s. ij^3 kudrat. Pride, t. ghwriir.
Powerful, a.jii\i kddir. Prisoner,
Praise, s. J,J^ shukr. Private, a. fa»Arf ;
Prayer, «. jL«J namdz. a J-^jJ pushida.
Precaution, «. LLis- \ ihtxat. Privy, «. djli- .ptii-
Prefer, v. ^^-il J pish khdnah; fl~a £<7»J/.
idshtan. Prize, s. ^jcyc- Iwaz.
Pregnant, a. iL»l^- hdmi- Probable, a. Jjix* madkLl.
lah. Proclaim, i,. .£ jl^xil wA-
Prepare, v. ^jL» I dmddan.
Presence, s. sj^i^- hazrat. Procure, v. Jjli »diZ A.
Present, hdzir. Produce, «. J-slo- hdsil.
Present, «. j jj nazr; olj Produce (fruit, etc.), v.y^
dad; ^jLJSj^kr bakhshish. ^jl J samar dddan.
Preserve, v. S hafiz k. Promise, s. <_? A£j waddat ;
Pretence, «. <ij L^j bahdnah.
Pretty, a. ^jjjj^i- khiib- Pronounce, ». .£ lalij tato/-
rtiit
 VOCABULABY. 193

Proof, s. jj-lo daM. Publish, v. sj\L&\ dsh-

Proper, a. i_~»oL* mund- kdrah k.
sib ; ijji ld'ik. Pull, v. ^\JL£ kashidan.
Property (peculiar quality), Pulse (the) s. ^auj ndbz.
<liUi- khdssah ; (wealth), Pump, s.LZ-~ijk* mighrafat.
(JU mdl. Punishment, s. L£-*~jL~!
Prosperous, a. jLiskr bakh- sidsai.
tidr. Pure, a. iLs sdfi.
Prostitute, s. Purpose, t. XnJ kasd.
rlispi. Purse, s. iMj~£ Msah.
Protect, v. Pursue, v.
himdyat dddan. dar pas dmadan.
Proud, a.jjjM maghriir. Push, v. ^ Ju \j rdndan.
Prove, v. J-!k> daM Put, v. nihddan.
dddan.
Provide (prepare), v. .SjUj'
Q.
taiydr k.
Providence (of God), *. Quadruped, s. eAdr-
CL>j&i kudrat.
Province, s. didr ; Quail, *. (JL*«o samdni.
wildyat. Qualification, s. i_iL^J'l
Provisions, s. (Jj\j^~>- ittisdf.
khUirdk ; <Ci>y tiishah. Quality, s. cu-w<sUi. khds-
Prudence, *. fahm ; siyat.
LUry^U basirat. Quantity, s.jSs kadr.
194 PERSIAN GKAMMAR.

Quarrel, «. .£ nti- Raisins, t-jly mawh,.

zah k. Ram, «. J mish-nar.
Queen, «. aXL« malikat. Rank, <UJ^« martabah ; (a
Quench, v. ^JoLU nishdn- row), c_a-tf
dan. Rapid, #z; ^bli-i
Question, t. J'_y-, su'dl; shitdbdn.
ylk-o^ pursish, Rare, a.jjli nadir.
Quick, a. J^j ziid; jj tiz. Rash, a.^-jjJ j bi-tadbir.
Quiet, a. sdkin. Rat, «. j^r,y« mitsh;
Quince, «. Jj>-jA-j safarjil. jirdaun.
Quit, v. .i CSjj tark k. Rather, a<2. JLj ^»«A;
Quite, ad. UUj tamdman. ,mj,.J p'uhtar.
Quotation, «. ^Liil Raw, a. Md»» ; Asjk; U
id«. »d yuklitah.
Quote, v. A ^LiJl ikti- Reach, ^JoLy
bus k. rfas< rasdndan.
Read, ». ^Jjl^- Wdndan.
R.
Ready, a.j^\s~ hdzir.
Eabbit, «. pajangarah. Real, «. ^jiLJU- hakiki.
Race, «. jU' <dz. Reap, i>. .£ jLi»- hasdd k.
Rag, «. <CwJ pinah. Reason, s. ,JiLc dkl;
Rain, «. bdrdn. fahm.
Rain, v. ^JOjU bdridan. Reason (cause), «. '_ - - .
Raise, i,. ^^i-tlj iar sabab.
I Bebel, s. U: ddsi.
 VOCABULABY. 195

Rebel, v. .Jt> .,-elc ddsi sh. Regular, a. ^>j \i bd rasm.

Receipt, s. kabtili- Reins, s. dndn;
yat. ligdm.
Receive, v. ^yai^A* pazir- Rejoice, v. .Jt> jLi Jo\£-
aftdn. khdtir shdd sh.
Recent, a. sj\j tdzah; y nii. Remain, v. ^Ju L» mdndan.
Reception, *. <J^-S kabid. Remedy, s. Hj^>- chdrah.
Reckon, v. shu- Rent, s. kirdyah.
Repair, ». .S ui-**^* m«-
Recollect, v. X jb ydd k. rammat k.
Recompense, *. CjUUL* Repeat, v. XJ\J>3 takrdr k.
makdfdt. Repentance, *. tJLt-j->L-j
Reconcile, v. Ja-*-& pashimdni.
hamdil k. Reply, v. <~J\y>- jawdb k.
Recover (health), v. J b U-i Report (official statement),
^jiib shifd bdn ydftan. *. u^s^ talkhU.
Recovery, *. lLi *fo/d. Reproach, v. A c: « <iL<
Red, a. surkh. maldmat k.
Reflect, v. .£ <LiJAjl andi- Request, ». i lb £.
shah k. Resist, v. tiw»jlJL» »»w-
Refresh, v. & cu- kdwamat k.
istirdhat k. Resistance, s. l^»jLL»
Refusal, s. mand. mukdwamat.
Refuse, v. .$ mand k. Resolute, a. j»J rd*«7A
Regret, v. (j»yui\ afsiis k.
196 PERSIAN GBAMMAB.

Resolve, v. .i J\j> kardr k. Ripe, «. rw« ; fe"^

Resource, «. J-oI asl ; <uL»
mdyah. Rise, v. ^tX*I ^ Jar dma-
Respect, s. cylihll iltifdt. dan.
Rest, s. dram; Road, «. rah ;
rdhat.
Rest, v. ^jiX^ljl drdmi- Roast, v. .£ (^-jI-^ kabdb k.
dan. Robber, s. J;j «ustf".
Restless, a. ^\j\^-) M- Rock, «. »ji MA ; ££±~i
drd#&. sang.
Result, s. <tstej natljah. Roof, iam.
Retreat, v. ^oj jb ids Room, (a) «. JjUjjl w<d&.
Root, s. J_tf-l asZ ;
Return, v. ^f+j ^J^TJ b'ikh. "~
rujiiA namudan. Rope, «. ras» ; ^UuOj
Revive, v. Jt> aAJj )b bdz nsmd».
zindah sh. Rose, s. ^ gul.
Reward, «. jy* muzd. Rough, a. (jMfl* sharas ;
Rice, «. barinj. m -wjii durusht.
Rich, a. JCutcJjJ daulat- Round, a. C>J> gard.
mand. Rub, v. ^jJL» mdlidan.
Ride, ». ..i j \y*> suwdr sh. Ruin, s. i^J/*- khardbi
Right, a. , rdst ; Run, ». ^iXijJ dawidan.
\. --,>.-- mundsib. Rust, s.^ilatT; zinjdr.
Ring, s. <UL>- halkah. Rye. s kangardn.
 VOCABULARY. 197

Screw, t. ^ pich.
S.
Sea, *. tojJ daryd \jarbahr.
Sack, s. ^\y>- juwdl. Seal, s-^->f* »»wAr.
Sad, a. dzardah. Search, v. & y>- j is «,<i..•>-
Saddle, s. zin ; just-ii-jii k.
sarj. Season, *. J-ai /asZ.
Safe, s. amin. Secret, *.j);
Safety, s. c^-~»iL: saldmat. See, ». >^Oo J rfWa» ; .iJaj
Sail, *. (jIj^Ij bdd-bdn. nazr k.
Sailor, s. malldh. Seed, *. kisht.
Salary, s. IxuJ kist ; L^i-lsj Seek, v. ^>X-Jis talbidan.
Seems (it), v. >X,Ui-**
Sale, s. ll^s-jjS farukht.
Salt, s. namak. Seize, v. giriftan.
Same, a. ^^-^ hamin. Sell, ». ^".;s.jji farukhtan.
Sample, *. <0^«J namiinah. Send, ». ut^c~>ji firistddan.
Sand, *. Sense, s. JJLc dkl;
Satisfy, v. 15"*b '"'^ hiss.
Save, o>lisr nijdt k. Sensible, a. JiMAa aklmand
Saw, *. 5;l arrah. Separate, v. .i J-y^aij"
Scales (a pair of), s. ^J*-* tqfnl k.
mizdn. Serious (important), a.
Scarce, a. ^ kam ; U muhtmm.
nd bisydr. Servant, *. Jsy naukar ;
Scent, *. jJ bu; Jos. itr. »OCJ bandah.
198 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Service, s. u-v* Jci- khidmat Shoe, *. (_p^J^J pdpdsh ;

Set (place), v. (j^L^-i »*- fJjjJ6 kafsh.
hddan. Shoot (discharge a gun), v.
Settle (agree on), v. &jyL« .i (jhLi shalk k.
Shop, *. ^ISj dukkdn.
Sew, ». ijiss-jti dhMdan. Short, a.^ai £«*ir.
Shade, *. <iuLj *dy«A ; Show, ». »«»Jwrf«».
zm. Show, s. LiUj tamasld.
Shake, v. ^<3*j\~s>- jum- Shut, c. .£ Juj ia»rf 1.;
bdnidan. ^^uj bastan.
Shame, s. sharm. Sick,a.jU-J ii-»»dr; fang*
Share, s. <Um- hissah ; j^j Mastah.
Side, *. I?- jdnH ;
Sharp, a.J-j" £fcs.
Shave, ». ^J^^j tardsh- Sieve, *. ghirbdl.
Idan. Sight, «. LDj?ai basirat;
Sheep, *. mith ; Jaj nazar.
xJ~>js giisfand. Signal, *. CJ;Ll>l ishdrat.
Sheets, *. «Adr- Silence, *. ^>y\si- khdmush
Silk, *. ^Jl>jj}\ abrishim;
Shelter, s. »Uj pandh. harir.
Shine, v. ^Ju^jIj tdbidan. Silver, *. ^ *{»».
Ship, ; Sin, *. gundh.
kishti. Since,jl pas az ; jl Juw
Shirt, *. ij^*J> kamh. Idada*.
 VOCABULARY.

Sincerity, *. Uj wafd. Solid, a. ^y^j rusukh.

Sing, v. ^}j~> turudan. Some, a. ^ax> badz.
Sink, v. Jl> ^jjt gfcark sh. Something, s. ufp*- chui.
Sister, s. hamshirah. Sorrow, *. j»i gham.
Sit, v. (iji*uA3 nishastan. Sort, s. jins ; c*3
Size, *. j»l Jul anddm.
Skill, *. iLluO pishah. Soul, *. ^.j^ r&fc; ^b>-
Sky, *. ^U-il a*/»d». yd».
Sleep, *. t_ ^'<iJ. Sound, s. \Xa sadd.
Slow, a. ^jO rfir r<w; Sour, a. i^jjjj tursh ;yj £is.
&uuJst dhistah. Spade, s. kandu;
Small, a. CiJul andak ; ^$ Jtf.
kam. Spare (use frugally), v.
Smell, v. ^^titf biiyidan. .£ C/L*^l imsdk k. •
Smile, v. & basm k. Speak, v. guftan;
Smoke, s. JjJ dud. ^JJ >—if- harf zadan.
Smooth, a. iJull* mdlidah. Spear, s. ajj nhah.
Snake, mar. Spectacles, s. > * £ + *up-
So, ad. ^J^- chundn.
Soap, *. sdbun. Speed, *. c_ shitdb.
Sober (temperate), <t.jJt,j> Spend, e. .£ ^y>- M09? &
jlfparhh gdr. Spice, s. abrdz.
Society, s. u^+s* suhbat. Spin, i). ^^iilj' tdftan.
Soft, Harm. Split, ». tijiiLCi shikdftan.
Soldier, *. ^V"' *tpd&. Spoil, ». .£ "-r-•^*- MardJ A.
200 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Spoon, «. kafchah ; Strength, s. CJyi kiiwat.

<tjs'*^>" chamchah. Stretch, ». .£ o..X*,«
Spread, v. ^<2ju±j£ gus- mamdud k.
tardan. Strike, v. ^Jj zadan.
Spring (the), «. jly? bahdr. String, s. j ramn.
Sprinkle, v. ^A^-iU pdshi- Strip, ». .i fc-^jl ba-
dan. rahnah k.
Square, s. tj*£ Strong, a. j^j pur zur.
chahdr gushah. Study, v. j»Lc Urn
Stairs, s. nardubdn. dmiikhtan.
Stand, v. ^jli-ol istddan. Subdue, v. &j>j k.
Star, «. xj[i~i sitdrah ; Sabmit, v. (j^cUsl
nujm. itddt k.
Stay, v. ^jJoL» mdndan. Succeed, v. (jS^V. |*^ ^dm
Steal, v. (jjjijjj duzdidan. ydftan.
Steel, s. jMy puldd. Success, s. ^jjU^lS' kdm-
Stick, «. l«ac dsd. ydbi.
Still (quiet), a. «d£m. Suck, v. ^S^* makSdan.
Still (till now), «Z. ^ Ij Suddenly, ad. sli'li »d ^dA.
id in zamdn. Suffer, v. (jsio J;J rfwrf
Stirrup, /-«Adi. ydftan.
Stone, s. i*£j . s<m^. Sugar, s.^Li shakar.
Stranger, s.^iL*^ musdfir; Summer, s.^jxmjJ Li tdbistdn.
»c gharib. Sun, «. c_>bil d/i!di.
Straw, «. i\£ AdA. Support, f. J^j burdan.
 VOCABULARY. 201

Suppose, v. X wahm k. Teach, v. dmukh-

Sure, a. ^j^j, yakin. tan.
Surface, «. ria. Tear, s. lUwiI ashk.
Suspicion,;, ^{az gumdn ; Tear, ». ^J^jJ daridan.
wahm. Tell, ». ^jlj MaJar
Swear, v. Ljila- hilf k. dddan.
Sweep, v. ijiijj riiftan. Tent, «. chddir;
Sweet, a. ^ sMrin. khaimah.
Swell, v. (jJl»-iL»T dmd- Thank, ». ^olj sAwfo-
s'ulan.
Swift, a. J.J zM. There, arf. WT dnjd.
Swim, v. ^Jjjl^i shind- Thick, «. sjco gundah.
widan. Thin, a. tlXxi' tunuk.
Sword, s. jJL shamshir : Thing, «.
j—J Ugh. Think, v. ^piljcj
System, «. ^y^s kdniin. ddshtan.
Thirst, «. ^^o-lJ tishnagi.
Thirsty, * " tishnah.
Thought, «. t£j Jj l <m-
Table, s. A^kr takhtah;
\^>- kh'dn. Thread, «. ^ rishtah.
Tail, s. -»o Throat, s. ^ galu.
Take, v. ^yJ$ giriftan. Throne, «. l^-o^ takht.
Talk, v. guftan. Throw, ». ^jii-ljol an-
Taste, v. ^ chashidan. ddkhtan.
202 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Thunder, «. J>- tundar. Traveller, s.Jt\u^* mwdfir.

Tie, v. bastan. Treacherous, a. (jJ^*-
Tidings, t-j^>- khabar. Ichd'in.
Timber, s. <_r>}>- oMib. Treasury, s. ^j>- khazinah.
Time, «. zamdn; Treaty, s. tX^x. dhd; S^i
Ui*5» ivakt. shart.
Timid, ^j^/ tarsdn. Tree, s. c^s-jo dirakht.
Tin, «. i_5*ii kaltt; Trench, s. C£xa kandak.
arziz. Troop, «. rjifaiij.
-
Tired, a. Jot* mdndah. True, a. hakk ; \,
To, prep. <Sj bah ; td. rdst.
Tobacco, «. yW-jJ dukhdn. Trust, v. ^Jj-i k)ULs_cl
Tongue, s. ^bj zabdn. Uikdd burdan.
Tooth, «. danddn. Truth, «. is-JL&>- Aa<fcl£a<.
Torch, «. Jjtiu* mashadl. Try, v. ^^y*;^ azmiidan.
Touch, v. X lams k. Turn, ». (jjj J^T gardidan.
Towel, «. jk-jJ dastdr. Turnip, «. jlijj bushdd;
Town, s.jy* shahr. j*-*?- shaljam.
Toy, s. <k*CjV bdzkhih.
Trade (commerce), s.
tijdrat ; (profession),
^yoli-jl ustddi.
Translation, s. &*&y> tar- Umbrella, cAair.
jumah. Unable, a. U
Travel, v. .£ ji~> safar k. tuwdn.
 VOCABULARY. 203

Unanimous, a. J*\£> ham- Utterly, aa\ |»Ui)to

dil.
Uncertain, a. U nd-
madliim.
Understand, v. j^pji-lxi
shindkhtan ; (j3>-3l-, jti Vacant, a.
dar ydftan.
Unhappy, a. to nd- Vain, a. Jbto S«i)7.
ihiish. Valuable, a. .l ar/w-
Unjust, a. Jjo: ^yj b\-ddl.
Unless, conj. jJu ba-ghair. Value, s.jdi kadr; toj iaAd.
Unlock, v. ^otoii' JJu Various, a. gund-
kufl kmhddan. gun.
Unworthy, a. i£y|/»>(<J Vanish, v. .£t t_^Li
bi-sazdwari. ghflV) sh.
Up, arf. Uto bdld. Vat, *. tj2jz>- haiiz.
Upright, a. >\j rdst. Veil, 4. jJjj pardah.
Urgent, a. zariir; Vein, *. tl/j ra£.
ldzim. Venture, v. .i
Use, ». J&J ba-kdr ijtird' k.
dwardan. Very, ba-ahdyat.
Useful, a.J&J ba-kdr ; jJto Vex> »•
»a/<2. Vexation, *. jjj I dzdr.
Useless, a. bi-sdz; Vice, *. uSJl.' iaat;
sAarr.
204 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Vice (a carpenter's), «. _j)

Want, v. I^p~i\y>- Jeh'dstan;
laulab. ^i^flj c^>-U»- hdj'at
Victory, s.jiie zafar. ddshtan.
Vigilant, a.jlA-j bi-ddr. Warm, a. ^j* garm.
Violence, s. zulm. Wash, v. ^".mA shustan ;
Virgin, «. dushirat; ^JlJj^j shuyidan.
iji[> bdkirat. Waste, v. i—flij faZa/ A.
Virtue, «. ^£-*) niki ; ^Le Watch, v. ^ib^,ds
saldh. ddshtan.
Visit, s. lu[iL« maldkdt. Watch, «. l^^cLj «<zd<.
Voice, «-J^I dwdz. Water, «. <__;I db; L« }»d.
Volume, s. jl?- jild. Wax, s. My mum.
Voyage, «. \>jiiy~3 safar-i Way, s. s\j rdh.
daryd. Wealth, s. JL» »»dZ.
Wear (clothes), ». (jiXj^yj
W. pushidan.
Weary, a. mdndah.
Wages, «. < \Vt talab ; Weave, v. ^/lilj bdftan.
u: «.«jVj ivaz'ifat. Weigh, ». ^Jij^-j «a»-
Waggon, s. AjjZ drabah. jidan.
Wait, v. ^AiL» mdndan. Well, arf. ^ilji- Md«A.
Wake, ». M. ..i ii- Well, «. *L>- chdh.
Wet, a.^j <ar.
Walk, ». ^jiij b ^d raftan. Wheel, «. £ charkh ;
Wall, «. jl^j j owdr.
 —

VOCABULARY. 205

When, ad. ^y>- chiin. Without, j«) *i; ^ bild.

'Where, kujd. Witness (a), s. \f guwd ;
Which, chih; Jusli shdhid.
kuddm. Woman, s. sa» ; ^j^-
While, \j td; iS \j td durat.
iih. Wood (timber), «. i_r>)&-
Whisper, v. ^jiib j>j chiib.
zir lab guftan. Wool, s. pashm.
White, a. J-i-i sufid. Word, «. {^sr1 sukhan ;
Whole, s. *L*>- jumlah. kaldm.
Why ? chird. Worth, «. c^~«-J £5ma<.
Wide, a. L^j pahnd. Wound, « *rl-J zakhm.
Wife, s. te^jj zaiijah. Wounded, a.
Win, s. ^jS^-jOcl an- saM»i'.aar.
di,khtan. Write, v. ij^j nuwish-
Window, aj^J panjarah. 'tan.
Wine, «. mat; "_t-'^ Wrong, a. <~r>\y0 \j na
shardb. sawdb.
Wisdom, s. Jic All; Wrought, a te>-\~,sdk/Uaft.
fahm.
Wise, a. JSle ddkil;
khiradmand.
Wish, v. cJi~;^ri. kh'dstan. Yard (measure), s.jzgaz.
Wish, s. murdd. Tear, s. JLi saZ.
With, <_-. ba ; b ia. Yellow, a. J.-, zara\
206 PERSIAN GRAMMAR.

Yes, ad. ^Jj bali;

z.
dri.
Yesterday, t.j•Jti di-ruz. Zeal, *. CL^jj; ghairat.
Yield, v. .£ |«-LuJ taslim k. Zealous, a. garm.
Yoke (for oxen), s. oU Zephyr, L*j sabd ; jb
lubdd. bdd-i sabd.
You, pron. U-i shumd. Zinc, s. riiwi.
Young, a. jawdn. Zone, kamar ; <Sj&x~*
Youth, *. ijly^ jawdni. mintakat.

OCT 1 1915